diff options
Diffstat (limited to '2893-h/2893-h.htm')
| -rw-r--r-- | 2893-h/2893-h.htm | 7991 |
1 files changed, 7991 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/2893-h/2893-h.htm b/2893-h/2893-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c87fc65 --- /dev/null +++ b/2893-h/2893-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,7991 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Wizard, by H. Rider Haggard</title> + +<style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; } + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + .pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal; + margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%; + text-align: right;} + pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} + +</style> + </head> + <body> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Wizard, by H. Rider Haggard + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Wizard + +Author: H. Rider Haggard + +Release Date: April 3, 2006 [EBook #2893] +Last Updated: May 20, 2021 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE WIZARD *** + + + + +Produced by John Bickers; Dagny; David Widger + + + + + +</pre> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h1> + THE WIZARD + </h1> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <h2> + by H. Rider Haggard + </h2> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <blockquote> + <p class="toc"> + <big><b>CONTENTS</b></big> + </p> + <p> + <br /> <a href="#link2H_4_0001"> DEDICATION </a><br /> <br /> <a + href="#link2H_4_0002"> <big><b>THE WIZARD</b></big> </a> <br /> <br /> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0001"> CHAPTER I </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0002"> CHAPTER II </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0003"> CHAPTER III </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0004"> CHAPTER IV </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0005"> CHAPTER V </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0006"> CHAPTER VI </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0007"> CHAPTER VII </a> + </p> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0008"> CHAPTER VIII </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0009"> CHAPTER IX </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0010"> CHAPTER X </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0011"> CHAPTER XI </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0012"> CHAPTER XII </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0013"> CHAPTER XIII </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0014"> CHAPTER XIV </a> + </p> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0015"> CHAPTER XV </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0016"> CHAPTER XVI </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0017"> CHAPTER XVII </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0018"> CHAPTER XVIII </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0019"> CHAPTER XIX </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0020"> CHAPTER XX </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0021"> CHAPTER XXI </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0022"> CHAPTER XXII </a> + </p> + </blockquote> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0001" id="link2H_4_0001"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h2> + DEDICATION + </h2> + <h3> + To the Memory of the Child + </h3> + <h3> + Nada Burnham, + </h3> + <p> + who “bound all to her” and, while her father cut his way through + the hordes of the Ingobo Regiment, perished of the hardships of war at + Buluwayo on 19th May, 1896, I dedicate these tales—and more + particularly the last, that of a Faith which triumphed over savagery and + death. + </p> + <p> + H. Rider Haggard. + </p> + <p> + Ditchingham. + </p> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h2> + AUTHOR’S NOTE + </h2> + <p> + Of the three stories that comprise this volume[*], one, “The Wizard,” a + tale of victorious faith, first appeared some years ago as a Christmas + Annual. Another, “Elissa,” is an attempt, difficult enough owing to the + scantiness of the material left to us by time, to recreate the life of the + ancient PhÅ“nician Zimbabwe, whose ruins still stand in Rhodesia, and, with + the addition of the necessary love story, to suggest circumstances such as + might have brought about or accompanied its fall at the hands of the + surrounding savage tribes. The third, “Black Heart and White Heart,” is a + story of the courtship, trials and final union of a pair of Zulu lovers in + the time of King Cetywayo. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + [*] This text was prepared from a volume published in 1900 + titled “Black Heart and White Heart, and Other Stories.”— + JB. +</pre> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0002" id="link2H_4_0002"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h1> + THE WIZARD + </h1> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER I + </h2> + <h3> + THE DEPUTATION + </h3> + <p> + Has the age of miracle quite gone by, or is it still possible to the Voice + of Faith calling aloud upon the earth to wring from the dumb heavens an + audible answer to its prayer? Does the promise uttered by the Master of + mankind upon the eve of the end—“Whoso that believeth in Me, the + works that I do he shall do also . . . and whatsoever ye shall ask in My + name, that will I do;”—still hold good to such as do ask and do + believe? + </p> + <p> + Let those who care to study the history of the Rev. Thomas Owen, and of + that strange man who carried on and completed his work, answer this + question according to their judgment. + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + The time was a Sunday afternoon in summer, and the place a church in the + Midland counties. It was a beautiful church, ancient and spacious; + moreover, it had recently been restored at great cost. Seven or eight + hundred people could have found sittings in it, and doubtless they had + done so when Busscombe was a large manufacturing town, before the failure + of the coal supply and other causes drove away its trade. Now it was much + what it had been in the time of the Normans, a little agricultural village + with a population of 300 souls. Out of this population, including the + choir boys, exactly thirty-nine had elected to attend church on this + particular Sunday; and of these, three were fast asleep and four were + dozing. + </p> + <p> + The Rev. Thomas Owen counted them from his seat in the chancel, for + another clergyman was preaching; and, as he counted, bitterness and + disappointment took hold of him. The preacher was a “Deputation,” sent by + one of the large missionary societies to arouse the indifferent to a sense + of duty towards their unconverted black brethren in Africa, and + incidentally to collect cash to be spent in the conversion of the said + brethren. The Rev. Thomas Owen himself suggested the visit of the + Deputation, and had laboured hard to secure him a good audience. But the + beauty of the weather, or terror of the inevitable subscription, prevailed + against him. Hence his disappointment. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” he thought, with a sigh, “I have done my best, and I must make it + up out of my own pocket.” + </p> + <p> + Then he settled himself to listen to the sermon. + </p> + <p> + The preacher, a battered-looking individual of between fifty and sixty + years of age, was gaunt with recent sickness, patient and unimaginative in + aspect. He preached extemporarily, with the aid of notes; and it cannot be + said that his discourse was remarkable for interest, at any rate in its + beginning. Doubtless the sparse congregation, so prone to slumber, + discouraged him; for offering exhortations to empty benches is but weary + work. Indeed he was meditating the advisability of bringing his argument + to an abrupt conclusion when, chancing to glance round, he became aware + that he had at least one sympathetic listener, his host, the Rev. Thomas + Owen. + </p> + <p> + From that moment the sermon improved by degrees, till at length it reached + a really high level of excellence. Ceasing from rhetoric, the speaker + began to tell of his own experience and sufferings in the Cause amongst + savage tribes; for he himself was a missionary of many years standing. He + told how once he and a companion had been sent to a nation, who named + themselves the Sons of Fire because their god was the lightning, if indeed + they could be said to boast any gods other than the Spear and the King. In + simple language he narrated his terrible adventures among these savages, + the murder of his companion by command of the Council of Wizards, and his + own flight for his life; a tale so interesting and vivid that even the + bucolic sleepers awakened and listened open-mouthed. + </p> + <p> + “But this is by the way,” he went on; “for my Society does not ask you to + subscribe towards the conversion of the Children of Fire. Until that + people is conquered—which very likely will not be for generations, + seeing that they live in Central Africa, occupying a territory that white + men do not desire—no missionary will dare again to visit them.” + </p> + <p> + At this moment something caused him to look a second time at Thomas Owen. + He was leaning forward in his place listening eagerly, and a strange light + filled the large, dark eyes that shone in the pallor of his delicate, + nervous face. + </p> + <p> + “There is a man who would dare, if he were put to it,” thought the + Deputation to himself. Then he ended his sermon. + </p> + <p> + That evening the two men sat at dinner in the rectory. It was a very fine + rectory, beautifully furnished; for Owen was a man of taste which he had + the means to gratify. Also, although they were alone, the dinner was good—so + good that the poor broken-down missionary, sipping his unaccustomed port, + a vintage wine, sighed aloud in admiration and involuntary envy. + </p> + <p> + “What is the matter?” asked Owen. + </p> + <p> + “Nothing, Mr. Owen;” then, of a sudden thawing into candour, he added: + “that is, everything. Heaven forgive me; but I, who enjoy your + hospitality, am envious of you. Don’t think too hardly of me; I have a + large family to support, and if only you knew what a struggle my life is, + and has been for the last twenty years, you would not, I am sure. But you + have never experienced it, and could not understand. ‘The labourer is + worthy of his hire.’ Well, my hire is under two hundred a year, and eight + of us must live—or starve—on it. And I have worked, ay, until + my health is broken. A labourer indeed! I am a very hodman, a spiritual + Sisyphus. And now I must go back to carry my load and roll my stone again + and again among those hopeless savages till I die of it—till I die + of it!” + </p> + <p> + “At least it is a noble life and death!” exclaimed Owen, a sudden fire of + enthusiasm burning in his dark eyes. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, viewed from a distance. Were you asked to leave this living of two + thousand a year—I see that is what they put it at in Crockford—with + its English comforts and easy work, that <i>you</i> might lead that life + and attain that death, then you would think differently. But why should I + bore you with such talk? Thank Heaven that your lines are cast in pleasant + places. Yes, please, I will take one more glass; it does me good.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell me some more about that tribe you were speaking of in your sermon, + the ‘Sons of Fire’ I think you called them,” said Owen, as he passed him + the decanter. + </p> + <p> + So, with an eloquence induced by the generous wine and a quickened + imagination, the Deputation told him—told him many strange things + and terrible. For this people was an awful people: vigorous in mind and + body, and warriors from generation to generation, but superstition-ridden + and cruel. They lived in the far interior, some months’ journey by boat + and ox-waggon from the coast, and of white men and their ways they knew + but little. + </p> + <p> + “How many of them are there?” asked Owen. + </p> + <p> + “Who can say?” he answered. “Nearly half-a-million, perhaps; at least they + pretend that they can put sixty thousand men under arms.” + </p> + <p> + “And did they treat you badly when you first visited them?” + </p> + <p> + “Not at first. They received us civilly enough; and on a given day we were + requested to explain to the king and the Council of Wizards the religion + which we came to teach. All that day we explained and all the next—or + rather my friend did, for I knew very little of the language—and + they listened with great interest. At last the chief of the wizards and + the first prophet to the king rose to question us. He was named Hokosa, a + tall, thin man, with a spiritual face and terrible calm eyes. + </p> + <p> + “‘You speak well, son of a White Man,’ he said, ‘but let us pass from + words to deeds. You tell us that this God of yours, whom you desire that + we should take as our God, so that you may become His chief prophets in + the land, was a wizard such as we are, though greater than we are; for not + only did He know the past and the future as we do, but also He could cure + those who were smitten with hopeless sickness, and raise those who were + dead, which we cannot do. You tell us, moreover, that by faith those who + believe on Him can do works as great as He did, and that you do believe on + Him. Therefore we will put you to the proof. Ho! there, lead forth that + evil one.’ + </p> + <p> + “As he spoke a man was placed before us, one who had been convicted of + witchcraft or some other crime. + </p> + <p> + “‘Kill him!’ said Hokosa. + </p> + <p> + “There was a faint cry, a scuffle, a flashing of spears, and the man lay + still before us. + </p> + <p> + “‘Now, followers of the new God,’ said Hokosa, ‘raise him from the dead as + your Master did!’ + </p> + <p> + “In vain did we offer explanations. + </p> + <p> + “‘Peace!’ said Hokosa at length, ‘your words weary us. Look now, either + you have preached to us a false god and are liars, or you are traitors to + the King you preach, since, lacking faith in Him, you cannot do such works + as He gives power to do to those who have faith in Him. Out of your own + mouths are you judged, White Men. Choose which horn of the bull you will, + you hang to one of them, and it shall pierce you. This is the sentence of + the king, I speak it who am the king’s mouth: That you, White Man, who + have spoken to us and cheated us these two weary days, be put to death, + and that you, his companion who have been silent, be driven from the + land.’ + </p> + <p> + “I can hardly bear to tell the rest of it, Mr. Owen. They gave my poor + friend ten minutes to ‘talk to his Spirit,’ then they speared him before + my face. After it was over, Hokosa spoke to me, saying:— + </p> + <p> + “‘Go back, White Man, to those who sent you, and tell them the words of + the Sons of Fire: That they have listened to the message of peace, and + though they are a people of warriors, yet they thank them for that + message, for in itself it sounds good and beautiful in their ears, if it + be true. Tell them that having proved you liars, they dealt with you as + all honest men seek that liars should be dealt with. Tell them that they + desire to hear more of this matter, and if one can be sent to them who has + no false tongue; who in all things fulfills the promises of his lips, that + they will hearken to him and treat him well, but that for such as you they + keep a spear.’” + </p> + <p> + “And who went after you got back?” asked Owen, who was listening with the + deepest interest. + </p> + <p> + “Who went? Do you suppose that there are many mad clergymen in Africa, Mr. + Owen? Nobody went.” + </p> + <p> + “And yet,” said Owen, speaking more to himself than to his guest, “the man + Hokosa was right, and the Christian who of a truth believes the promises + of our religion should trust to them and go.” + </p> + <p> + “Then perhaps you would like to undertake the mission, Mr. Owen,” said the + Deputation briskly; for the reflection stung him, unintentional as it was. + </p> + <p> + Owen started. + </p> + <p> + “That is a new idea,” he said. “And now perhaps you wish to go to bed; it + is past eleven o’clock.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0002" id="link2HCH0002"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER II + </h2> + <h3> + THOMAS OWEN + </h3> + <p> + Thomas Owen went to his room, but not to bed. Taking a Bible from the + table, he consulted reference after reference. + </p> + <p> + “The promise is clear,” he said aloud presently, as he shut the book; + “clear and often repeated. There is no escape from it, and no possibility + of a double meaning. If it is not true, then it would seem that nothing is + true, and that every Christian in the world is tricked and deluded. But if + it <i>is</i> true, why do we never hear of miracles? The answer is easy: + Because we have not faith enough to work them. The Apostles worked + miracles; for they had seen, therefore their faith was perfect. Since + their day nobody’s faith has been quite perfect; at least I think not. The + physical part of our nature prevents it. Or perhaps the miracles still + happen, but they are spiritual miracles.” + </p> + <p> + Then he sat down by the open window, and gazing at the dreamy beauty of + the summer night, he thought, for his soul was troubled. Once before it + had been troubled thus; that was nine years ago, for now he was but little + over thirty. Then a call had come to him, a voice had seemed to speak to + his ears bidding him to lay down great possessions to follow whither + Heaven should lead him. Thomas Owen had obeyed the voice; though, owing to + circumstances which need not be detailed, to do so he was obliged to + renounce his succession to a very large estate, and to content himself + with a younger son’s portion of thirty thousand pounds and the reversion + to the living which he had now held for some five years. + </p> + <p> + Then and there, with singular unanimity and despatch, his relations came + to the conclusion that he was mad. To this hour, indeed, those who stand + in his place and enjoy the wealth and position that were his by right, + speak of him as “poor Thomas,” and mark their disapprobation of his + peculiar conduct by refusing with an unvarying steadiness to subscribe + even a single shilling to a missionary society. How “poor Thomas” speaks + of them in the place where he is we may wonder, but as yet we cannot know—probably + with the gentle love and charity that marked his every action upon earth. + But this is by the way. + </p> + <p> + He had entered the Church, but what had he done in its shadow? This was + the question which Owen asked himself as he sat that night by the open + window, arraigning his past before the judgment-seat of conscience. For + three years he had worked hard somewhere in the slums; then this living + had fallen to him. He had taken it, and from that day forward his record + was very much of a blank. The parish was small and well ordered; there was + little to do in it, and the Salvation Army had seized upon and reclaimed + two of the three confirmed drunkards it could boast. + </p> + <p> + His guest’s saying echoed in his brain like the catch of a tune—“that + <i>you</i> might lead that life and attain that death.” Supposing that he + were bidden so to do now, this very night, would he indeed “think + differently”? He had become a priest to serve his Maker. How would it be + were that Maker to command that he should serve Him in this extreme and + heroic fashion? Would he flinch from the steel, or would he meet it as the + martyrs met it of old? + </p> + <p> + Physically he was little suited to such an enterprise, for in appearance + he was slight and pale, and in constitution delicate. Also, there was + another reason against the thing. High Church and somewhat ascetic in his + principles, in the beginning he had admired celibacy, and in secret + dedicated himself to that state. But at heart Thomas was very much a man, + and of late he had come to see that that which is against nature is presumably + not right, though fanatics may not hesitate to pronounce it wrong. + Possibly this conversion to more genial views of life was quickened by the + presence in the neighbourhood of a young lady whom he chanced to admire; + at least it is certain that the mere thought of seeing her no more for + ever smote him like a sword of sudden pain. + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + That very night—or so it seemed to him, and so he believed—the + Angel of the Lord stood before him as he was wont to stand before the men + of old, and spoke a summons in his ear. How or in what seeming that + summons came Thomas Owen never told, and we need not inquire. At the least + he heard it, and, like the Apostles, he arose and girded his loins to + obey. For now, in the hour of trial, it proved that this man’s faith + partook of the nature of their faith. It was utter and virgin; it was not + clogged with nineteenth-century qualifications; it had never dallied with + strange doctrines, or kissed the feet of pinchbeck substitutes for God. In + his heart he believed that the Almighty, without intermediary, but face to + face, had bidden him to go forth into the wilderness there to perish. So + he bowed his head and went. + </p> + <p> + On the following morning at breakfast Owen had some talk with his friend + the Deputation. + </p> + <p> + “You asked me last night,” he said quietly, “whether I would undertake a + mission to that people of whom you were telling me—the Sons of Fire. + Well, I have been thinking it over, and come to the conclusion that I will + do so——” + </p> + <p> + At this point the Deputation, concluding that his host must be mad, moved + quietly but decidedly towards the door. + </p> + <p> + “Wait a moment,” went on Owen, in a matter-of-fact voice, “the dog-cart + will not be round for another three-quarters of an hour. Tell me, if it + were offered to you, and on investigation you proved suitable, would you + care to take over this living?” + </p> + <p> + “Would I care to take over this living?” gasped the astonished Deputation. + “Would I care to walk down that garden and find myself in Heaven? But why + are you making fun of me?” + </p> + <p> + “I am not making fun of you. If I go to Africa I must give up the living, + of which I own the advowson, and it occurred to me that it might suit you—that + is all. You have done your share; your health is broken, and you have many + dependent upon you. It seems right, therefore, that you should rest, and + that I should work. If I do no good yonder, at the least you and yours + will be a little benefited.” + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + That same day Owen chanced to meet the lady who has been spoken of as + having caught his heart. He had meant to go away without seeing her, but + fortune brought them together. Hitherto, whilst in reality leading him on, + she had seemed to keep him at a distance, with the result that he did not + know that it was her fixed intention to marry him. To her, with some + hesitation, he told his plans. Surprised and frightened into candour, the + lady reasoned with him warmly, and when reason failed to move him she did + more. By some subtle movement, with some sudden word, she lifted the veil + of her reserve and suffered him to see her heart. “If you will not stay + for aught else,” said her troubled eyes, “then, love, stay for me.” + </p> + <p> + For a moment he was shaken. Then he answered the look straight out, as was + his nature. + </p> + <p> + “I never guessed,” he said. “I did not presume to hope—now it is too + late! Listen! I will tell you what I have told no living soul, though + thereafter you may think me mad. Weak and humble as I am, I believe myself + to have received a Divine mission. I believe that I shall execute it, or + bring about its execution, but at the ultimate cost of my own life. Still, + in such a service two are better than one. If you—can care enough—if + you——” + </p> + <p> + But the lady had already turned away, and was murmuring her farewell in + accents that sounded like a sob. Love and faith after this sort were not + given to her. + </p> + <p> + Of all Owen’s trials this was the sharpest. Of all his sacrifices this was + the most complete. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0003" id="link2HCH0003"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER III + </h2> + <h3> + THE TEMPTATION + </h3> + <p> + Two years have gone by all but a few months, and from the rectory in a + quiet English village we pass to a scene in Central, or South Central, + Africa. + </p> + <p> + On the brow of a grassy slope dotted over with mimosa thorns, and close to + a gushing stream of water, stands a house, or rather a hut, built of green + brick and thatched with grass. Behind this hut is a fence of thorns, rough + but strong, designed to protect all within it from the attacks of lions + and other beasts of prey. At present, save for a solitary mule eating its + provender by the wheel of a tented ox-waggon, it is untenanted, for the + cattle have not yet been kraaled for the night. Presently Thomas Owen + enters this enclosure by the back door of the hut, and having attended to + the mule, which whinnies at the sight of him, goes to the gate and watches + there till he sees his native boys driving the cattle up the slope of the + hill. At length they arrive, and when he has counted them to make sure + that none are missing, and in a few kind words commended the herds for + their watchfulness, he walks to the front of the house and, seating + himself upon a wooden stool set under a mimosa tree that grows near the + door, he looks earnestly towards the west. + </p> + <p> + The man has changed somewhat since last we saw him. To begin with, he has + grown a beard, and although the hot African sun has bronzed it into an + appearance of health, his face is even thinner than it was, and therein + the great spiritual eyes shine still more strangely. + </p> + <p> + At the foot of the slope runs a wide river, just here broken into rapids + where the waters make an angry music. Beyond this river stretches a vast + plain bounded on the horizon by mountain ranges, each line of them rising + higher than the other till their topmost and more distant peaks melt + imperceptibly into the tender blue of the heavens. This is the land of the + Sons of Fire, and yonder amid the slopes of the nearest hills is the great + kraal of their king, Umsuka, whose name, being interpreted, means The + Thunderbolt. + </p> + <p> + In the very midst of the foaming rapids, and about a thousand yards from + the house lies a space of rippling shallow water, where, unless it chances + to be in flood, the river can be forded. It is this ford that Owen watches + so intently. + </p> + <p> + “John should have been back twelve hours ago,” he mutters to himself. “I + pray that no harm has befallen him at the Great Place yonder.” + </p> + <p> + Just then a tiny speck appears far away on the plain. It is a man + travelling towards the water at a swinging trot. Going into the hut, Owen + returns with a pair of field-glasses, and through them scrutinises the + figure of the man. + </p> + <p> + “Heaven be praised! It is John,” he mutters, with a sigh of relief. “Now, + I wonder what answer he brings?” + </p> + <p> + Half an hour later John stands before him, a stalwart native of the tribe + of the Amasuka, the People of Fire, and with uplifted hand salutes him, + giving him titles of honour. + </p> + <p> + “Praise me not, John,” said Owen; “praise God only, as I have taught you + to do. Tell me, have you seen the king, and what is his word?” + </p> + <p> + “Father,” he answered, “I journeyed to the great town, as you bade me, and + I was admitted before the majesty of the king; yes, he received me in the + courtyard of the House of Women. With his guards, who stood at a distance + out of hearing, there were present three only; but oh! those three were + great, the greatest in all the land after the king. They were Hafela, the + king that is to come, the prince Nodwengo, his brother, and Hokosa the + terrible, the chief of the wizards; and I tell you, father, that my blood + dried up and my heart shrivelled when they turned their eyes upon me, + reading the thoughts of my heart.” + </p> + <p> + “Have I not told you, John, to trust in God, and fear nothing at the hands + of man?” + </p> + <p> + “You told me, father, but still I feared,” answered the messenger humbly. + “Yet, being bidden to it, I lifted my forehead from the dust and stood + upon my feet before the king, and delivered to him the message which you + set between my lips.” + </p> + <p> + “Repeat the message, John.” + </p> + <p> + “‘O King,’ I said, ‘beneath whose footfall the whole earth shakes, whose + arms stretch round the world and whose breath is the storm, I, whose name + is John, am sent by the white man whose name is Messenger’—for by + that title you bade me make you known—‘who for a year has dwelt in + the land that your spears have wasted beyond the banks of the river. These + are the words which he spoke to me, O King, that I pass on to you with my + tongue: “To the King Umsuka, lord of the Amasuka, the Sons of Fire, I, + Messenger, who am the servant and the ambassador of the King of Heaven, + give greeting. A year ago, King, I sent to you saying that the message + which was brought by that white man whom you drove from your land had + reached the ears of Him whom I serve, the High and Holy One, and that, + speaking in my heart, He had commanded me to take up the challenge of your + message. Here am I, therefore, ready to abide by the law which you have + laid down; for if guile or lies be found in me, then let me travel from + your land across the bridge of spears. Still, I would dwell a little while + here where I am before I pass into the shadow of your rule and speak in + the ears of your people as I have been bidden. Know, King, that first I + would learn your tongue, and therefore I demand that one of your people + may be sent to dwell with me and to teach me that tongue. King, you heard + my words and you sent me a man to dwell with me, and that man has taught + me your tongue, and I also have taught him, converting him to my faith and + giving him a new name, the name of John. King, now I seek your leave to + visit you, and to deliver into your ears the words with which I, + Messenger, am charged. I have spoken.”’ + </p> + <p> + “Thus I, John, addressed the great ones, my father, and they listened in + silence. When I had done they spoke together, a word here and a word + there. Then Hokosa, the king’s mouth, answered me, telling the thought of + the king: ‘You are a bold man, you whose name is John, but who once had + another name—you, my servant, who dare to appear before me, and to + make it known to me that you have been turned to a new faith and serve + another king than I. Yet because you are bold, I forgive you. Go back now + to that white man who is named Messenger and who comes upon an embassy to + me from the Lord of Heaven, and bid him come in peace. Yet warn him once + again that here also we know something of the Powers that are not seen, + here also we have our wizards who draw wisdom from the air, who tame the + thunderbolt and compel the rain, and that he must show himself greater + than all of these if he would not pass hence by the bridge of spears. Let + him, therefore, take counsel with his heart and with Him he serves, if + such a One there is, and let him come or let him stay away as it shall + please him.’” + </p> + <p> + “So be it,” said Owen; “the words of the king are good, and to-morrow we + will start for the Great Place.” + </p> + <p> + John heard and assented, but without eagerness. + </p> + <p> + “My father,” he said, in a doubtful and tentative voice, “would it not + perhaps be better to bide here awhile first?” + </p> + <p> + “Why?” asked Owen. “We have sown, and now is the hour to reap.” + </p> + <p> + “Quite so, my father, but as I ran hither, full of the king’s words, it + came into my mind that now is not the time to convert the Sons of Fire. + There is trouble brewing at the Great Place, father. Listen, and I will + tell you; as I have heard, so I will tell you. You know well that our King + Umsuka has two sons, Hafela and Nodwengo; and of these Hafela is the + heir-apparent, the fruit of the chief wife of the king, and Nodwengo is + sprung from another wife. Now Hafela is proud and cruel, a warrior of + warriors, a terrible man, and Nodwengo is gentle and mild, like to his + mother whom the king loves. Of late it has been discovered that Hafela, + weary of waiting for power, has made a plot to depose his father and to + kill Nodwengo, his brother, so that the land and those who dwell in it may + become his without question. This plot the king knows—I had it from + one of his women, who is my sister—and he is very wroth, yet he dare + do little, for he grows old and timid, and seeks rest, not war. Yet he is + minded, if he can find the heart, to go back upon the law and to name + Nodwengo as his heir before all the army at the feast of the first-fruits, + which shall be held on the third day from to-night. This Hafela knows, and + Nodwengo knows it also, and each of them has summoned his following, + numbering thousands and tens of thousands of spears, to attend this feast + of the first-fruits. That feast may well be a feast of vultures, my + father, and when the brothers and their regiments rush together fighting + for the throne, what will chance to the white man who comes at such a + moment to preach a faith of peace, and to his servant, one John, who led + him there?” + </p> + <p> + “I do not know,” answered Owen, “and it troubles me not at all. I go to + carry out my mission, and in this way or in that it will be carried out. + John, if you are fearful or unbelieving leave me to go alone.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, father, I am not fearful; yet, father, I would have you understand. + Yonder there are men who can work wizardry. <i>Wow!</i> I know, for I have + seen it, and they will demand from you magic greater than their magic.” + </p> + <p> + “What of it, John?” + </p> + <p> + “Only this, my father, that if they ask and you fail to give, they will + kill you. You teach beautiful things, but say, are you a wizard? When the + child of a woman yonder lay dead, you could not raise it as did the + Christ; when the oxen were sick with the pest, you could not cure them; or + at least, my father, you did not, although you wept for the child and were + sorry at the loss of the oxen. Now, my father, if perchance they ask you + to do such things as these yonder, or die, say what will happen?” + </p> + <p> + “One of two things, John: either I shall die or I shall do the things.” + </p> + <p> + “But”—hesitated John—“surely you do not believe that——” + and he broke off. + </p> + <p> + Owen turned round and looked at his disciple with kindling eyes. “I do + believe, O you of little faith!” he said. “I do believe that yonder I have + a mission, and that He Whom I serve will give me power to carry out that + mission. You are right, I can work no miracles; but He can work miracles + Whom everything in heaven and earth obeys, and if there is need He will + work them through me, His instrument. Or perhaps He will not work them, + and I shall die, because thus His ends will best be forwarded. At the + least I go in faith, fearing nothing, for what has he to fear who knows + the will of God and does it? But to you who doubt, I say—leave me!” + </p> + <p> + The man spread out his hands in deprecation; his thick lips trembled a + little, and something like a tear appeared at the corners of his eyes. + </p> + <p> + “Father,” he said, “am I a coward that you should talk to me thus? I, who + for twenty years have been a soldier of my king and for ten a captain in + my regiment? These scars show whether or no I am a coward,” and he pointed + to his breast, “but of them I will not speak. I am no coward, else I had + not gone upon that errand of yours. Why, then, should you reproach me + because my ears are not so open as yours, as my heart has not + understanding? I worship that God of Whom you have taught me, but He never + speaks to me as He does to you. I never meet Him as I walk at night; He + leaves me quite alone. Therefore it is that I fear that when the hour of + trial comes He may desert you; and unless He covers you with His shield, + of this I am sure, that the spear is forged which shall blush red in your + heart, my father. It is for you that I fear, who are so gentle and tender; + not for myself, who am well accustomed to look in the eyes of Death, and + who expect no more than death.” + </p> + <p> + “Forgive me,” said Owen hastily, for he was moved; “and be sure that the + shield will be over us till the time comes for us to pass whither we shall + need none.” + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + That night Owen rose from the task at which he was labouring slowly and + painfully—a translation of passages from the Gospel of St. John into + the language of the Amasuka—and going to the open window-place of + the hut, he rested his elbows upon it and thought, staring with empty eyes + into the blackness of the night. Now it was as he sat thus that a great + agony of doubt took possession of his soul. The strength which hitherto + had supported him seemed to be withdrawn, and he was left, as John had + said, “quite alone.” Strange voices seemed to whisper in his ears, + reproaching and reviling him; temptations long ago trampled under foot + rose again in might, alluring him. + </p> + <p> + “Fool,” said the voices, “get you hence before it is too late. You have + been mad; you who dreamed that for your sake, to satisfy your pride, the + Almighty will break His silence and strain His law. Are you then better, + or greater, or purer than millions who have gone before you, that for you + and you alone this thing should be done? Why, were it not that you are + mad, you would be among the chief of sinners; you who dare to ask that the + Powers of Heaven should be set within your feeble hand, that the Angels of + Heaven should wait upon your mortal breath. Worm that you are, has God + need of such as you? If it is His will to turn the heart of yonder people + He will do it, but not by means of <i>you</i>. You and the servant whom + you are deluding to his death will perish miserably, and this alone shall + be the fruit of your presumptuous sin. Get you back out of this wilderness + before the madness takes you afresh. You are still young, you have wealth; + look where She stands yonder whom you desire. Get you back, and forget + your folly in her arms.” + </p> + <p> + These thoughts, and many others of like nature, tore Owen’s soul in that + hour of strange and terrible temptation. He seemed to see himself standing + before the thousands of the savage nation he went to save, and to hear the + mocking voices of their witch-finders commanding him, if he were a true + man and the servant of that God of Whom he prated, to give them a sign, + only a little sign; perhaps to move a stone without touching it with his + hand, or to cause a dead bough to blossom. + </p> + <p> + Then he would beseech Heaven with frantic prayers, and in vain, till at + length, amidst a roar of laughter, he, the false prophet and the liar, was + led out to his doom. He saw the piteous wondering look of the believer + whom he had betrayed to death; he saw the fierce faces and the spears on + high. Seeing all this his spirit broke, and, just as the little clock in + the room behind him struck the first stroke of midnight, with a great and + bitter cry to God to give him back the faith and strength that he had + lost, Owen’s head fell forward and he sank into a swoon there upon the + window-place. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0004" id="link2HCH0004"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IV + </h2> + <h3> + THE VISION + </h3> + <p> + Was it swoon or sleep? + </p> + <p> + At least it seemed to Owen that presently once again he was gazing into + the dense intolerable blackness of the night. Then a marvel came to pass, + for the blackness opened, or rather on it, framed and surrounded by it, + there appeared a vision. It was the vision of a native town, having a + great bare space in the centre of it encircled by hundreds or thousands of + huts. But there was no one stirring about the huts, for it was night—not + this his night of trial indeed, since now the sky was strewn with + innumerable stars. Everything was silent about that town, save that now + and again a dog barked or a fretful child wailed within a hut, or the + sentries as they passed saluted each other in the name of the king. + </p> + <p> + Among all those hundreds of huts, to Owen it seemed that his attention was + directed to one which stood apart surrounded with a fence. Now the + interior of the hut opened itself to him. It was not lighted, yet with his + spirit sense he could see its every detail: the polished floor, the skin + rugs, the beer gourds, the shields and spears, the roof-tree of red wood, + and the dried lizard hanging from the thatch, a charm to ward off evil. In + this hut, seated face to face halfway between the centre-post and the + door-hole, were two men. The darkness was deep about them, and they + whispered to each other through it; but in his dream this was no bar to + Owen’s sight. He could discern their faces clearly. + </p> + <p> + One of them was that of a man of about thirty-five years of age. In + stature he was almost a giant. He wore a kaross of leopard skins, and on + his wrists and ankles were rings of ivory, the royal ornaments. His face + was fierce and powerful; his eyes, which were set far apart, rolled so + much that at times they seemed all white; and his fingers played nervously + with the handle of a spear that he carried in his right hand. His + companion was of a different stamp; a person of more than fifty years, he + was tall and spare in figure, with delicately shaped hands and feet. His + hair and little beard were tinged with grey, his face was strikingly + handsome, nervous and expressive, and his forehead both broad and high. + But more remarkable still were his eyes, which shone with a piercing + brightness, almost grey in colour, steady as the flame of a well-trimmed + lamp, and so cold that they might have been precious stones set in the + head of a statue. + </p> + <p> + “Must I then put your thoughts in words?” said this man in a clear quick + whisper. “Well, so be it; for I weary of sitting here in the dark waiting + for water that will not flow. Listen, Prince; you come to talk to me of + the death of a king—is it not so? Nay do not start. Why are you + affrighted when you hear upon the lips of another the plot that these many + months has been familiar to your breast?” + </p> + <p> + “Truly, Hokosa, you are the best of wizards, or the worst,” answered the + great man huskily. “Yet this once you are mistaken,” he added with a + change of voice. “I came but to ask you for a charm to turn my father’s + heart——” + </p> + <p> + “To dust? Prince, if I am mistaken, why am I the best of wizards, or the + worst, and why did your jaw drop and your face change at my words, and why + do you even now touch your dry lips with your tongue? Yes, I know that it + is dark here, yet some can see in it, and I am one of them. Ay, Prince, + and I can see your mind also. You would be rid of your father: he has + lived too long. Moreover his love turns to Nodwengo, the good and gentle; + and perhaps—who can say?—it is even in his thought, when all + his regiments are about him two days hence, to declare that you, Prince, + are deposed, and that your brother, Nodwengo, shall be king in your stead. + Now, Nodwengo you cannot kill; he is too well loved and too well guarded. + If he died suddenly, his dead lips would call out ‘Murder!’ in the ears of + all men; and, Prince, all eyes would turn to you, who alone could profit + by his end. But if the king should chance to die—why he is old, is + he not? and such things happen to the old. Also he grows feeble, and will + not suffer the regiments to be doctored for war, although day by day they + clamour to be led to battle; for he seeks to end his years in peace.” + </p> + <p> + “I say that you speak folly,” answered the prince with vehemence. + </p> + <p> + “Then, Son of the Great One, why should you waste time in listening to me? + Farewell, Hafela the Prince, first-born of the king, who in a day to come + shall carry the shield of Nodwengo; for he is good and gentle, and will + spare your life—if I beg it of him.” + </p> + <p> + Hafela stretched out his hand through the darkness, and caught Hokosa by + the wrist. + </p> + <p> + “Stay,” he whispered, “it is true. The king must die; for if he does not + die within three days, I shall cease to be his heir. I know it through my + spies. He is angry with me; he hates me, and he loves Nodwengo and the + mother of Nodwengo. But if he dies before the last day of the festival, + then that decree will never pass his lips, and the regiments will never + roar out the name of Nodwengo as the name of the king to come. He must + die, I tell you, Hokosa, and—by your hand.” + </p> + <p> + “By <i>my</i> hand, Prince! Nay; what have you to offer me in return for + such a deed as this? Have I not grown up in Umsuka’s shadow, and shall I + cut down the tree that shades me?” + </p> + <p> + “What have I to offer you? This: that next to myself you shall be the + greatest in the land, Hokosa.” + </p> + <p> + “That I am already, and whoever rules it, that I must always be. I, who am + the chief of wizards; I, the reader of men’s hearts; I, the hearer of + men’s thoughts! I, the lord of the air and the lightning; I, the + invulnerable. If you would murder, Prince, then do the deed; do it knowing + that I have your secret, and that henceforth you who rule shall be my + servant. Nay, you forget that I can see in the dark; lay down that + assegai, or, by my spirit, prince as you are, I will blast you with a + spell, and your body shall be thrown to the kites, as that of one who + would murder his king and father!” + </p> + <p> + The prince heard and shook, his cheeks sank in, the muscles of his great + form seemed to collapse, and he grovelled on the floor of the hut. + </p> + <p> + “I know your magic,” he groaned; “use it for me, not against me! What is + there that I can offer you, who have everything except the throne, whereon + you cannot sit, seeing that you are not of the blood-royal?” + </p> + <p> + “Think,” said Hokosa. + </p> + <p> + For a while the prince thought, till presently his form straightened + itself, and with a quick movement he lifted up his head. + </p> + <p> + “Is it, perchance, my affianced wife?” he whispered; “the lady Noma, whom + I love, and who, according to our custom, I shall wed as the queen to be + after the feast of first-fruits? Oh! say it not, Hokosa.” + </p> + <p> + “I say it,” answered the wizard. “Listen, Prince. The lady Noma is the + only child of my blood-brother, my friend, with whom I was brought up, he + who was slain at my side in the great war with the tribes of the north. + She was my ward: she was more; for through her—ah! you know not how—I + held my converse with the things of earth and air, the very spirits that + watch us now in this darkness, Hafela. Thus it happened, that before ever + she was a woman, her mind grew greater than the mind of any other woman, + and her thought became my thought, and my thought became her thought, for + I and no other am her master. Still I waited to wed her till she was fully + grown; and while I waited I went upon an embassy to the northern tribes. + Then it was that you saw the maid in visiting at my kraal, and her beauty + and her wit took hold of you; and in the council of the king, as you have + a right to do, you named her as your head wife, the queen to be. + </p> + <p> + “The king heard and bowed his head; he sent and took her, and placed her + in the House of the Royal Women, there to abide till this feast of the + first-fruits, when she shall be given to you in marriage. Yes, he sent her + to that guarded house wherein not even I may set my foot. Although I was + afar, her spirit warned me, and I returned, but too late; for she was + sealed to you of the blood-royal, and that is a law which may not be + broken. + </p> + <p> + “Hafela, I prayed you to return her to me, and you mocked me. I would have + brought you to your death, but it could not have availed me: for then, by + that same law, which may not be broken, she who was sealed to you must die + with you; and though thereafter her spirit would sit with me till I died + also, it was not enough, since I who have conquered all, yet cannot + conquer the fire that wastes my heart, nor cease to long by night and day + for a woman who is lost to me. Then it was, Hafela, that I plotted + vengeance against you. I threw my spell over the mind of the king, till he + learnt to hate you and your evil deeds; and I, even I, have brought it + about that your brother should be preferred before you, and that you shall + be the servant in his house. This is the price that you must pay for her + of whom you have robbed me; and by my spirit and her spirit you shall pay! + Yet listen. Hand back the girl, as you may do—for she is not yet + your wife—and choose another for your queen, and I will undo all + that I have done, and I will find you a means, Hafela, to carry out your + will. Ay, before six suns have set, the regiments rushing past you shall + hail you King of the Nation of the Amasuka, Lord of the ancient House of + Fire!” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot,” groaned the prince; “death were better than this!” + </p> + <p> + “Ay, death were better; but you shall not die, you shall live a servant, + and your name shall become a mockery, a name for women to make rhymes on.” + </p> + <p> + Now the prince sprang up. + </p> + <p> + “Take her!” he hissed; “take her! you, who are an evil ghost; you, beneath + whose eyes children wail, and at whose passing the hairs on the backs of + hounds stand up! Take her, priest of death and ill; but take my curse with + her! Ah! I also can prophecy; and I tell you that this woman whom you have + taught, this witch of many spells, whose glance can shrivel the hearts of + men, shall give you to drink of your own medicine; ay, she shall dog you + to the death, and mock you while you perish by an end of shame!” + </p> + <p> + “What,” laughed the wizard, “have I a rival in my own arts? Nay, Hafela, + if you would learn the trade, pay me well and I will give you lessons. Yet + I counsel you not; for you are flesh, nothing but flesh, and he who would + rule the air must cultivate the spirit. Why, I tell you, Prince, that even + the love for her who is my heart, the lady whom we both would wed, + partaking of the flesh as, alas! it does, has cost me half my powers. Now + let us cease from empty scoldings, and strike our bargain. + </p> + <p> + “Listen. On the last day of the feast, when all the regiments are gathered + to salute the king there in his Great Place according to custom, you shall + stand forth before the king and renounce Noma, and she shall pass back to + the care of my household. You yourself shall bring her to where I stand, + and as I take her from you I will put into your hand a certain powder. + Then you shall return to the side of the king, and after our fashion shall + give him to drink the bowl of the first-fruits; but as you stir the beer, + you will let fall into it that powder which I have given you. The king + will drink, and what he leaves undrunk you will throw out upon the dust. + </p> + <p> + “Now he will rise to give out to the people his royal decree, whereby, + Prince, you are to be deposed from your place as heir, and your brother, + Nodwengo, is to be set in your seat. But of that decree never a word shall + pass his lips; if it does, recall your saying and take back the lady Noma + from where she stands beside me. I tell you that never a word will pass + his lips; for even as he rises a stroke shall take him, such a stroke as + often falls upon the fat and aged, and he will sink to the ground snoring + through his nostrils. For a while thereafter—it may be six hours, it + may be twelve—he shall lie insensible, and then a cry will arise + that the king is dead!” + </p> + <p> + “Ay,” said Hafela, “and that I have poisoned him!” + </p> + <p> + “Why, Prince? Few know what is in your father’s mind, and with those, + being king, you will be able to deal. Also this is the virtue of the + poison which I choose, that it is swift, yet the symptoms of it are the + symptoms of a natural sickness. But that your safety and mine may be + assured, I have made yet another plan, though of this there will be little + need. You were present two days since when a runner came from the white + man who sojourns beyond our border, he who seeks to teach us, the Children + of Fire, a new faith, and gives out that he is the messenger of the King + of heaven. This runner asked leave for the white man to visit the Great + Place, and, speaking in the king’s name, I gave him leave. But I warned + his servant that if his master came, a sign should be required of him to + show that he was a true man, and had of the wisdom of the King of Heaven; + and that if he failed therein, then that he should die as that white liar + died who visited us in bygone years. + </p> + <p> + “Now I have so ordered that this white man, passing through the Valley of + Death yonder, shall reach the Great Place not long before the king drinks + of the cup of the first-fruits. Then if any think that something out of + nature has happened to the king, they will surely think also that this + strange prayer-doctor has wrought the evil. Then also I will call for a + sign from the white man, praying of him to recover the king of his + sickness; and when he fails, he shall be slain as a worker of spells and + the false prophet of a false god, and so we shall be rid of him and his + new faith, and you shall be cleared of doubt. Is not the plan good, + Prince?” + </p> + <p> + “It is very good, Hokosa—save for one thing only.” + </p> + <p> + “For what thing?” + </p> + <p> + “This: the white man who is named Messenger might chance to be a true + prophet of a true God, and to recover the king.” + </p> + <p> + “Oho, let him do it, if he can; but to do it, first he must know the + poison and its antidote. There is but one, and it is known to me only of + all men in this land. When he has done that, then I, yes, even I, Hokosa, + will begin to inquire concerning this God of his, who shows Himself so + mighty in person of His messenger.” And he laughed low and scornfully. + </p> + <p> + “Prince, farewell! I go forth alone, whither you dare not follow at this + hour, to seek that which we shall need. One word—think not to play + me false, or to cheat me of my price; for whate’er betides, be sure of + this, that hour shall be the hour of your dooming. Hail to you, Son of the + King! Hail! and farewell.” Then, removing the door-board, the wizard + passed from the hut and was gone. + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + The vision changed. Now there appeared a valley walled in on either side + with sloping cliffs of granite; a desolate place, sandy and, save for a + single spring, without water, strewn with boulders of rock, some of them + piled fantastically one upon the other. At a certain spot this valley + widened out, and in the mouth of the space thus formed, midway between the + curved lines of the receding cliffs, stood a little hill or koppie, also + built up of boulders. It was a place of death; for all around the hill, + and piled in hundreds between the crevices of its stones, lay the white + bones of men. + </p> + <p> + Nor was this all. Its summit was flat, and in the midst of it stood a huge + tree. Even had it not been for the fruit which hung from its branches, the + aspect of that tree must have struck the beholder as uncanny, even as + horrible. The bark on its great bole was leprous white; and from its gaunt + and spreading rungs rose branches that subdivided themselves again and + again, till at last they terminated in round green fingers, springing from + grey, flat slabs of bark, in shape not unlike that of a human palm. + Indeed, from a little distance this tree, especially if viewed by + moonlight, had the appearance of bearing on it hundreds or thousands of + the arms and hands of men, all of them stretched imploringly to Heaven. + </p> + <p> + Well might they seem to do so, seeing that to its naked limbs hung the + bodies of at least twenty human beings who had suffered death by order of + the king or his captains, or by the decree of the company of wizards, + whereof Hokosa was the chief. There on the Hill of Death stood the Tree of + Death; and that in its dank shade, or piled upon the ground beneath it, + hung and lay the pitiful remnants of the multitudes who for generations + had been led thither to their doom. + </p> + <p> + Now, in Owen’s vision a man was seen approaching by the little pathway + that ran up the side of the mount—the Road of Lost Footsteps it was + called. It was Hokosa the wizard. Outside the circle of the tree he + halted, and drawing a tanned skin from a bundle of medicines which he + carried, he tied it about his mouth; for the very smell of that tree is + poisonous and must not be suffered to reach the lungs. + </p> + <p> + Presently he was under the branches, where once again he halted; this time + it was to gaze at the body of an old man which swung to and fro in the + night breeze. + </p> + <p> + “Ah! friend,” he muttered, “we strove for many years, but it seems that I + have conquered at the last. Well, it is just; for if you could have had + your way, your end would have been my end.” + </p> + <p> + Then very leisurely, as one who is sure that he will not be interrupted, + Hokosa began to climb the tree, till at length some of the green fingers + were within his reach. Resting his back against a bough, one by one he + broke off several of them, and averting his face so that the fumes of it + might not reach him, he caused the thick milk-white juice that they + contained to trickle into the mouth of a little gourd which was hung about + his neck by a string. When he had collected enough of the poison and + carefully corked the gourd with a plug of wood, he descended the tree + again. At the great fork where the main branches sprang from the trunk, he + stood a while contemplating a creeping plant which ran up them. It was a + plant of naked stem, like the tree it grew upon; and, also like the tree, + its leaves consisted of bunches of green spikes having a milky juice. + </p> + <p> + “Strange,” he said aloud, “that Nature should set the bane and the + antidote side by side, the one twined about the other. Well, so it is in + everything; yes, even in the heart of man. Shall I gather some of this + juice also? No; for then I might repent and save him, remembering that he + has loved me, and thus lose her I seek, her whom I must win back or be + withered. Let the messenger of the King of Heaven save him, if he can. + This tree lies on his path; perchance he may prevail upon its dead to tell + him of the bane and of the antidote.” And once more the wizard laughed + mockingly. + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + The vision passed. At this moment Thomas Owen, recovering from his swoon, + lifted his head from the window-place. The night before him was as black + as it had been, and behind him the little American clock was still + striking the hour of midnight. Therefore he could not have remained + insensible for longer than a few seconds. + </p> + <p> + A few seconds, yet how much he had seen in them. Truly his want of faith + had been reproved—truly he also had been “warned of God in a dream,”—truly + “his ears had been opened and his instruction sealed.” His soul had been + “kept back from the pit,” and his life from “perishing by the sword;” and + the way of the wicked had been made clear to him “in a dream, in a vision + of the night when deep sleep falleth upon men.” + </p> + <p> + Not for nothing had he endured that agony, and not for nothing had he + struggled in the grip of doubt. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0005" id="link2HCH0005"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER V + </h2> + <h3> + THE FEAST OF THE FIRST-FRUITS + </h3> + <p> + On the third morning from this night whereof the strange events have been + described, an ox-waggon might have been seen outspanned on the hither side + of those ranges of hills that were visible from the river. These + mountains, which although not high are very steep, form the outer barrier + and defence of the kingdom of the Amasuka. Within five hundred yards of + where the waggon stood, however, a sheer cliffed gorge, fire-riven and + water-hewn, pierced the range, and looking on it, Owen knew it for the + gorge of his dream. Night and day the mouth of it was guarded by a company + of armed soldiers, whose huts were built high on outlook places in the + mountains, whence their keen eyes could scan the vast expanses of plain. A + full day before it reached them, they had seen the white-capped waggon + crawling across the veldt, and swift runners had reported its advent to + the king at his Great Place. + </p> + <p> + Back came the word of the king that the white man, with the waggon and his + servant, were to be led on towards the Great Place at such speed as would + bring him there in time for him to behold the last ceremony of the feast + of first-fruits; but, for the present, that the waggon itself and the oxen + were to be left at the mouth of the gorge, in charge of a guard, who would + be answerable for them. + </p> + <p> + Now, on this morning the captain of the guard and his orderlies advanced + to the waggon and stood in front of it. They were splendid men, armed with + great spears and shields, and adorned with feather head-dresses and all + the wild finery of their regiment. Owen descended from the waggon and came + to meet them, and so for a few moments they remained, face to face, in + silence. A strange contrast they presented as they stood there; the + bare-headed white man frail, delicate, spiritual of countenance, and the + warriors great, grave, powerful, a very embodiment of the essence of + untamed humanity, an incarnate presentation of the spirit of savage + warfare. + </p> + <p> + “How are you named, White Man?” asked the captain. + </p> + <p> + “Chief, I am named Messenger.” + </p> + <p> + “The peace of the king be with you, Messenger,” said the captain, lifting + his spear. + </p> + <p> + “The peace of God be with you, Chief,” answered Owen, holding up his hands + in blessing. + </p> + <p> + “Who is God?” asked the captain. + </p> + <p> + “Chief, He is the King I serve, and His word is between my lips.” + </p> + <p> + “Then pass on, Messenger of God, and deliver the word of God your King + into the ears of my king, at his Great Place yonder. Pass on riding the + beast you have brought with you, for the way is rough; but your waggon, + your oxen, and your servants, save this man only who is of the Children of + Fire, must stay here in my keeping. Fear not, Messenger, I will hold them + safe.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not fear, Chief, there is honour in your eyes.” + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + Some hours later, Owen, mounted on his mule, was riding through the gorge, + a guard in front of and behind him, and with them carriers who had been + sent to bear his baggage. At his side walked his disciple John, and his + face was sad. + </p> + <p> + “Why are you still afraid?” asked Owen. + </p> + <p> + “Ah! father, because this is a place of fear. Here in this valley men are + led to die; presently you will see.” + </p> + <p> + “I have seen,” answered Owen. “Yonder where we shall halt is a mount, and + on that mount stands a tree; it is called the Tree of Death, and it + stretches a thousand hands to Heaven, praying for mercy that does not + come, and from its boughs there hangs fruit, a fruit of dead men—yes, + twenty of them hang there this day.” + </p> + <p> + “How know you these things, my father,” asked the man amazed, “seeing that + I have never spoken to you of them?” + </p> + <p> + “Nay,” he answered, “God has spoken to me. My God and your God.” + </p> + <p> + Another hour passed, and they were resting by the spring of water, near to + the shadow of the dreadful tree, for in that gorge the sun burned + fiercely. John counted the bodies that swung upon it, and again looked + fearfully at Owen, for there were twenty of them. + </p> + <p> + “I desire to go up to that tree,” Owen said to the guard. + </p> + <p> + “As you will, Messenger,” answered their leader; “I have no orders to + prevent you from so doing. Still,” he added with a solemn smile, “it is a + place that few seek of their own will, and, because I like you well, + Messenger, I pray it may never be my duty to lead you there of the king’s + will.” + </p> + <p> + Then Owen went up to the tree and John with him, only John would not pass + beneath the shadow of its branches; but stood by wondering, while his + master bound a handkerchief about his mouth. + </p> + <p> + “How did he know that the breath of the tree is poisonous?” John wondered. + </p> + <p> + Owen walked to the bole of the tree, and breaking off some of the + finger-like leaves of the creeper that twined about it, he pressed their + milky juice into a little bottle that he had made ready. Then he returned + quickly, for the sights and odours of the place were not to be borne. + </p> + <p> + Outside the circle of the branches he halted, and removed the handkerchief + from his mouth. + </p> + <p> + “Be of good cheer,” he said to John, “and if it should chance that I am + called away before my words come true, yet remember my words. I tell you + that this Tree of Death shall become the Tree of Life for all the children + of your people. Look! there above you is its sign and promise.” + </p> + <p> + John lifted his eyes, following the line of Owen’s outstretched hand, and + saw this. High up upon the tree, and standing clear of all the other + branches, was one straight, dead limb, and from this dead limb two arms + projected at right angles, also dead and snapped off short. Had a + carpenter fashioned a cross of wood and set it there, its proportions + could not have been more proper and exact. It was very strange to find + this symbol of the Christian hope towering above that place of human + terror, and stranger still was the purpose which it must serve in a day to + come. + </p> + <p> + Owen and John returned to the guard in silence, and presently they set + forward on their journey. At length, passing beneath a natural arch of + rock, they were out of the Valley of Death, and before them, not five + hundred paces away, appeared the fence of the Great Place. + </p> + <p> + This Great Place stood upon a high plateau, in the lap of the surrounding + hills, all of which were strongly fortified with schanses, pitfalls, and + rough walls of stone. That plateau may have measured fifteen miles in + circumference, and the fence of the town itself was about four miles in + circumference. Within the fence and following its curve, for it was round, + stood thousands of dome-shaped huts carefully set out in streets. Within + these again was a stout stockade of timber, enclosing a vast arena of + trodden earth, large enough to contain all the cattle of the People of + Fire in times of danger, and to serve as a review ground for their <i>impis</i> + in times of peace or festival. + </p> + <p> + At the outer gate of the kraal there was a halt, while the keepers of the + gate despatched a messenger to their king to announce the advent of the + white man. Of this pause Owen took advantage to array himself in the + surplice and hood which he had brought with him in readiness for that + hour. Then he gave the mule to John to lead behind him. + </p> + <p> + “What do you, Messenger?” asked the leader of the guard, astonished. + </p> + <p> + “I clothe myself in my war-dress,” he answered. + </p> + <p> + “Where then is your spear, Messenger?” + </p> + <p> + “Here,” said Owen, presenting to his eyes a crucifix of ivory, most + beautifully carved. + </p> + <p> + “I perceive that you are of the family of wizards,” said the man, and fell + back. + </p> + <p> + Now they entered the kraal and passed for three hundred yards or more + through rows of huts, till they reached the gate of the stockade, which + was opened to them. Once within it, Owen saw a wonderful sight, such a + sight as few white men have seen. The ground of the enormous oval before + him was not flat. Either from natural accident or by design it sloped + gently upwards, so that the spectator, standing by the gate or at the head + of it before the house of the king, could take in its whole expanse, and, + if his sight were keen enough, could see every individual gathered there. + </p> + <p> + On the particular day of Owen’s arrival it was crowded with regiments, + twelve of them, all dressed in their different uniforms and bearing + shields to match, not one of which was less than 2500 strong. At this + moment the regiments were massed in deep lines, each battalion by itself, + on either side of the broad roadway that ran straight up the kraal to + where the king, his sons, his advisers and guards, together with the + company of wizards, were placed in front of the royal house. + </p> + <p> + There they stood in absolute silence, like tens of thousands of bronze + statues, and Owen perceived that either they were resting or that they + were gathered thus to receive him. That the latter was the case soon + became evident, for as he appeared, a white spot at the foot of the slope, + countless heads turned and myriads of eyes fastened themselves upon him. + For an instant he was dismayed; there was something terrifying in this + numberless multitude of warriors, and the thought of the task that he had + undertaken crushed his spirit. Then he remembered, and shaking off his + fear and doubt, alone, save for his disciple John, holding the crucifix + aloft, he walked slowly up the wide road towards the place where he + guessed that the king must be. His arm was weary ere ever he reached it, + but at length he found himself standing before a thickset old man, who was + clad in leopard skins and seated upon a stool of polished wood. + </p> + <p> + “It is the king,” whispered John behind him. + </p> + <p> + “Peace be to you,” said Owen, breaking the silence. + </p> + <p> + “The wish is good, may it be fulfilled,” answered the king in a deep + voice, sighing as he said the words. “Yet yours is a strange greeting,” he + added. “Whence came you, White Man, how are you named, and what is your + mission to me and to my people?” + </p> + <p> + “King, I come from beyond the sea; I am named Messenger, and my mission is + to deliver to you the saying of God, my King and—yours.” + </p> + <p> + At these words a gasp of astonishment went up from those who stood within + hearing, expecting as they did to see them rewarded by instant death. But + Umsuka only said:— + </p> + <p> + “‘My King and yours’? Bold words, Messenger. Where then is this King to + whom I, Umsuka, should bow the knee?” + </p> + <p> + “He is everywhere—in the heavens, on the earth, and below the + earth.” + </p> + <p> + “If He is everywhere, then He is here. Show me the likeness of this King, + Messenger.” + </p> + <p> + “Behold it,” Owen answered, thrusting forward the crucifix. + </p> + <p> + Now all the great ones about the king stared at this figure of a dying man + crowned with thorns and hanging on a cross, and then drew up their lips to + laugh. But that laugh never left them; a sudden impulse, a mysterious wave + of feeling choked it in their throats. A sense of the strangeness of the + contrast between themselves in their armed multitudes and this one + white-robed man in his loneliness took hold of them, and with it another + sense of something not far removed from fear. + </p> + <p> + “A wizard indeed,” they thought in their hearts, and what they thought the + king uttered. + </p> + <p> + “I perceive,” he said, “that you are either mad, White Man, or you are a + prince of wizards. Mad you do not seem to be, for your eyes are calm, + therefore a wizard you must be. Well, stand behind me: by-and-by I will + hear your message and ask of you to show me your powers; but before then + there are things which I must do. Are the lads ready? Ho, you, loose the + bull!” + </p> + <p> + At the command a line of soldiers moved from the right, forming itself up + in front of the king and his attendants, revealing a number of youths, of + from sixteen to seventeen years of age, armed with sticks only, who stood + in companies outside a massive gate. Presently this gate was opened, and + through it, with a mad bellow, rushed a wild buffalo bull. On seeing them + the brute halted, and for a few moments stood pawing the earth and tearing + it with its great horns. Then it put down its head and charged. Instead of + making way for it, uttering a shrill whistling sound, the youths rushed at + the beast, striking with their sticks. + </p> + <p> + Another instant, and one of them appeared above the heads of his + companions, thrown high into the air, to be followed by a second and a + third. Now the animal was through the throng and carrying a poor boy on + its horn, whence presently he fell dead; through and through the ranks of + the regiments it charged furiously backward and forward. + </p> + <p> + Watching it fascinated, Owen noted that it was a point of honour for no + man to stir before its rush; there they stood, and if the bull gored them, + there they fell. At length, exhausted and terrified, the brute headed back + straight up the lane where the main body of the youths were waiting for + it. Now it was among them, and, reckless of wounds or death, they swarmed + about it like bees, seizing it by legs, nose, horns and tail, till with + desperate efforts they dragged it to the ground and beat the life out of + it with their sticks. This done, they formed up before the king and + saluted him. + </p> + <p> + “How many are killed?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Eight in all,” was the answer, “and fifteen gored.” + </p> + <p> + “A good bull,” he said with a smile; “that of last year killed but five. + Well, the lads fought him bravely. Let the dead be buried, the hurt + tended, or, if their harms are hopeless, slain, and to the rest give a + double ration of beer. Ho, now, fall back, men, and make a space for the + Bees and the Wasps to fight in.” + </p> + <p> + Some orders were given and a great ring was formed, leaving an arena clear + that may have measured a hundred and fifty yards in diameter. Then + suddenly, from opposite sides, the two regiments, known as the Bees and + the Wasps respectively, rushed upon each other, uttering their war-cries. + </p> + <p> + “I put ten head of cattle on the Bees; who wagers on the Wasps?” cried the + king. + </p> + <p> + “I, Lord,” answered the Prince Hafela, stepping forward. + </p> + <p> + “You, Prince!” said the king with a quick frown. “Well, you are right to + back them, they are your own regiment. Ah! they are at it.” + </p> + <p> + By this time the scene was that of a hell broken loose upon the earth. The + two regiments, numbering some 5000 men in all, had come together, and the + roar of their meeting shields was like the roar of thunder. They were + armed with kerries only, and not with spears, for the fight was supposed + to be a mimic one; but these weapons they used with such effect that soon + hundreds of them were down dead or with shattered skulls and bruised + limbs. Fiercely they fought, while the whole army watched, for their + rivalry was keen and for many months they had known that they were to be + pitted one against the other on this day. Fiercely they fought, while the + captains cried their orders, and the dust rose up in clouds as they swung + to and fro, breast thrusting against breast. At length the end came; the + Bees began to give, they fell back ever more quickly till their retreat + was a rout, and, leaving many stretched upon the ground, amid the mocking + cries of the army they were driven to the fence, by touching which they + obtained peace at the hands of their victors. + </p> + <p> + The king saw, and his somewhat heavy, quiet face grew alive with rage. + </p> + <p> + “Search and see,” he said, “if the captain of the Bees is alive and + unhurt.” + </p> + <p> + Messengers went to do his bidding, and presently they returned, bringing + with them a man of magnificent appearance and middle age, whose left arm + had been broken by a blow from a kerry. With his right hand he saluted + first the king, then the Prince Nodwengo, a kindly-faced, mild-eyed man, + in whose command he was. + </p> + <p> + “What have you to say?” asked the king, in a cold voice of anger. “Know + you that you have cost me ten head of the royal white cattle?” + </p> + <p> + “King, I have nothing to say,” answered the captain calmly, “except that + my men are cowards.” + </p> + <p> + “That is certainly so,” said the king. “Let all the wounded among them be + carried away; and for you, captain, who turn my soldiers into cowards, you + shall die a dog’s death, hanging to-morrow on the Tree of Doom. As for + your regiment, I banish it to the fever country, there to hunt elephants + for three years, since it is not fit to fight with men.” + </p> + <p> + “It is well,” replied the captain, “since death is better than shame. Only + King, I have done you good service in the past; I ask that it may be + presently and by the spear.” + </p> + <p> + “So be it,” said the king. + </p> + <p> + “I crave his life, father,” said the Prince Nodwengo; “he is my friend.” + </p> + <p> + “A prince should not choose cowards for his friends,” replied the king; + “let him be killed, I say.” + </p> + <p> + Then Owen, who had been watching and listening, his heart sick with + horror, stood forward and said:— + </p> + <p> + “King, in the name of Him I serve, I conjure you to spare this man and + those others that are hurt, who have done no crime except to be driven + back by soldiers stronger than themselves.” + </p> + <p> + “Messenger,” answered the king, “I bear with you because you are ignorant. + Know that, according to our customs, this crime is the greatest of crimes, + for here we show no mercy to the conquered.” + </p> + <p> + “Yet you should do so,” said Owen, “seeing that you also must ere long be + conquered by death, and then how can you expect mercy who have shown + none?” + </p> + <p> + “Let him be killed!” said the king. + </p> + <p> + “King!” cried Owen once more, “do this deed, and I tell you that before + the sun is down great evil will overtake you.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you threaten me, Messenger? Well, we will see. Let him be killed, I + say.” + </p> + <p> + Then the man was led away; but, before he went he found time to thank Owen + and Nodwengo the prince, and to call down good fortune upon them. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0006" id="link2HCH0006"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VI + </h2> + <h3> + THE DRINKING OF THE CUP + </h3> + <p> + Now the king’s word was done, the anger went out of his eyes, and once + more his countenance grew weary. A command was issued, and, with the most + perfect order, moving like one man, the regiments changed their array, + forming up battalion upon battalion in face of the king, that they might + give him the royal salute so soon as he had drunk the cup of the + first-fruits. + </p> + <p> + A herald stood forward and cried:— + </p> + <p> + “Hearken, you Sons of Fire! Hearken, you Children of Umsuka, Shaker of the + Earth! Have any of you a boon to ask of the king?” + </p> + <p> + Men stood forward, and having saluted, one by one asked this thing or + that. The king heard their requests, and as he nodded or turned his head + away, so they were granted or refused. + </p> + <p> + When all had done, the Prince Hafela came forward, lifted his spear, and + cried:— + </p> + <p> + “A boon, King!” + </p> + <p> + “What is it?” asked his father, eyeing him curiously. + </p> + <p> + “A small matter, King,” he replied. “A while ago I named a certain woman, + Noma, the ward of Hokosa the wizard, and she was sealed to me to fill the + place of my first wife, the queen that is to be. She passed into the House + of the Royal Women, and, by your command, King, it was fixed that I should + marry her according to our customs to-morrow, after the feast of the + first-fruits is ended. King, my heart is changed towards that woman; I no + longer desire to take her to wife, and I pray that you will order that she + shall now be handed back to Hokosa her guardian.” + </p> + <p> + “You blow hot and cold with the same mouth, Hafela,” said Umsuka, “and in + love or war I do not like such men. What have you to say to this demand, + Hokosa?” + </p> + <p> + Now Hokosa stepped forward from where he stood at the head of the company + of wizards. His dress, like that of his companions, was simple, but in its + way striking. On his shoulders he wore a cloak of shining snakeskin; about + his loins was a short kilt of the same material; and round his forehead, + arms and knees were fillets of snakeskin. At his side hung his pouch of + medicines, and in his hand he held no spear, but a wand of ivory, whereof + the top was roughly carved so as to resemble the head of a cobra reared up + to strike. + </p> + <p> + “King,” he said, “I have heard the words of the prince, and I do not think + that this insult should have been put upon the Lady Noma, my ward, or upon + me, her guardian. Still, let it be, for I would not that one should pass + from under the shadow of my house whither she is not welcome. Without my + leave the prince named this woman as his queen, as he had the right to do; + and without my leave he unnames her, as he has the right to do. Were the + prince a common man, according to custom he should pay a fine of cattle to + be held by me in trust for her whom he discards; but this is a matter that + I leave to you, King.” + </p> + <p> + “You do well, Hokosa,” answered Umsuka, “to leave this to me. Prince, you + would not wish the fine that you should pay to be that of any common man. + With the girl shall be handed over two hundred head of cattle. More, I + will do justice: unless she herself consents, she shall not be put away. + Let the Lady Noma be summoned.” + </p> + <p> + Now the face of Hafela grew sullen, and watching, Owen saw a swift change + pass over that of Hokosa. Evidently he was not certain of the woman. + Presently there was a stir, and from the gates of the royal house the Lady + Noma appeared, attended by women, and stood before the king. She was a + tall and lovely girl, and the sunlight flashed upon her bronze-hued breast + and her ornaments of ivory. Her black hair was fastened in a knot upon her + neck, her features were fine and small, her gait was delicate and sure as + that of an antelope, and her eyes were beautiful and full of pride. There + she stood before the king, looking round her like a stag. Seeing her thus, + Owen understood how it came about that she held two men so strangely + different in the hollow of her hand, for her charm was of a nature to + appeal to both of them—a charm of the spirit as well as of the + flesh. And yet the face was haughty, a face that upon occasion might even + become cruel. + </p> + <p> + “You sent for me and I am here, O King,” she said, in a slow and quiet + voice. + </p> + <p> + “Listen, girl,” answered the king. “A while ago the Prince Hafela, my son, + named you as her who should be his queen, whereon you were taken and + placed in the House of the Royal Women, to abide the day of your marriage, + which should be to-morrow.” + </p> + <p> + “It is true that the prince has honoured me thus, and that you have been + pleased to approve of his choice,” she said, lifting her eyebrows. “What + of it, O King?” + </p> + <p> + “This, girl: the prince who was pleased to honour you is now pleased to + dishonour you. Here, in the presence of the council and army, he prays of + me to annul his sealing to you, and to send you back to the house of your + guardian, Hokosa the wizard.” + </p> + <p> + Noma started, and her face grew hard. + </p> + <p> + “Is it so?” she said. “Then it would seem that I have lost favour in the + eyes of my lord the prince, or that some fairer woman has found it.” + </p> + <p> + “Of these matters I know nothing,” replied the king; “but this I know, + that if you seek justice you shall have it. Say but the word, and he to + whom you were promised in marriage shall take you in marriage, whether he + wills or wills it not.” + </p> + <p> + At this speech, the face of Hafela was suddenly lit up as with the fire of + hope, while over that of Hokosa there passed another subtle change. The + girl glanced at them both and was silent for a while. Her breast heaved + and her white teeth bit upon her lip. To Owen, who noted all, it was clear + that rival passions were struggling in her heart: the passion of power and + the passion of love, or of some emotion which he did not understand. + Hokosa fixed his calm eyes upon her with a strange intensity of gaze, and + while he gazed his form quivered with a suppressed excitement, much as a + snake quivers that is about to strike its prey. To the careless eye there + was nothing remarkable about his look and attitude; to the observer it was + evident that both were full of extraordinary purpose. He was talking to + the girl, not with words, but in some secret language that he and she + understood alone. She started as one starts who catches the tone of a + well-remembered voice in a crowd of strangers, and lifting her eyes from + the ground, whither she had turned them in meditation, she looked up at + Hokosa. + </p> + <p> + Instantly her face began to change. The haughtiness and anger went out of + it, it grew troubled, the lips parted in a sigh. First she bent her head + and body towards him, then without more ado she walked to where he stood + and took him by the hand. Here, at some whispered word or sign, she seemed + to recover herself, and again resuming the character of a proud offended + beauty, she curtseyed to Umsuka, and spoke:— + </p> + <p> + “O King, as you see, I have made my choice. I will not force myself upon a + man who scorns me, no, not even to share his place and power, though it is + true that I love them both. Nay, I will return to Hokosa my guardian, and + to his wife, Zinti, who has been as my mother, and with them be at peace.” + </p> + <p> + “It is well,” said the king, “and perhaps, girl, your choice is wise; + perhaps your loss is not so great as you have thought. Hafela, take you + the hand of Hokosa and release the girl back to him according to the law, + promising in the ears of men before the first month of winter to pay him + two hundred head of cattle as forfeit, to be held by him in trust for the + girl.” + </p> + <p> + In a sullen voice, his lips trembling with rage, Hafela did as the king + commanded; and when the hands of the conspirators unclasped, Owen + perceived that in that of the prince lay a tiny packet. + </p> + <p> + “Mix me the cup of the first-fruits, and swiftly,” said the king again, + “for the sun grows low in the heavens, and ere it sinks I have words to + say.” + </p> + <p> + Now a polished gourd filled with native beer was handed to Nodwengo, the + second son of the king, and one by one the great councillors approached, + and, with appropriate words, let fall into it offerings emblematic of + fertility and increase. The first cast in a grain of corn; the second, a + blade of grass; the third, a shaving from an ox’s horn; the fourth, a drop + of water; the fifth, a woman’s hair; the sixth, a particle of earth; and + so on, until every ingredient was added to it that was necessary to the + magic brew. + </p> + <p> + Then Hokosa, as chief of the medicine men, blessed the cup according to + the ancient forms, praying that he whose body was the heavens, whose eyes + were lightning, and whose voice was thunder, the spirit whom they + worshipped, might increase and multiply to them during the coming year all + those fruits and elements that were present in the cup, and that every + virtue which they contained might comfort the body of the king. + </p> + <p> + His prayer finished, it was the turn of Hafela to play his part as the + eldest born of the king. Kneeling over the cup which stood upon the + ground, a spear was handed to him that had been made red hot in the fire. + Taking the spear, he stabbed with it towards the four quarters of the + horizon; then, muttering some invocation, he plunged it into the bowl, + stirring its contents till the iron grew black. Now he threw aside the + spear, and lifting the bowl in both hands, he carried it to his father and + offered it to him. + </p> + <p> + Although he had been unable to see him drop the poison into the cup, a + glance at Hafela told Owen that it was there; for though he kept his face + under control, he could not prevent his hands from twitching or the sweat + from starting upon his brow and breast. + </p> + <p> + The king rose, and taking the bowl, held it on high, saying:— + </p> + <p> + “In this cup, which I drink on behalf of the nation, I pledge you, my + people.” + </p> + <p> + It was the signal for the royal salute, for which each regiment had been + prepared. As the last word left the king’s lips, every one of the thirty + thousand men present in that great place began to rattle his kerry against + the surface of his ox-hide shield. At first the sound produced resembled + that of the murmur of the sea; but by slow and just degrees it grew louder + and ever louder, till the roar of it was like the deepest voice of + thunder, a sound awe-inspiring, terrible. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly, when its volume was most, four spears were thrown into the air, + and at this signal every man ceased to beat upon his shield. In the place + itself there was silence, but from the mountains around the echoes still + crashed and volleyed. When the last of them had died away, the king + brought the cup to the level of his lips. Owen saw, and knowing its + contents, was almost moved to cry out in warning. Indeed, his arm was + lifted and his mouth was open, when by chance he noted Hokosa watching + him, and remembered. To act now would be madness, his time had not yet + come. + </p> + <p> + The cup touched the king’s lips, and at the sign from every throat in that + countless multitude sprang the word “<i>King!</i>” and every foot stamped + upon the ground, shaking the solid earth. Thrice the monarch drank, and + thrice this tremendous salute, the salute of the whole nation to its + ruler, was repeated, each time more loudly than the last. Then pouring the + rest of the liquor on the ground, Umsuka set aside the cup, and in the + midst of a silence that seemed deep after the crash of the great salute, + he began to address the multitude:— + </p> + <p> + “Hearken, Councillors and Captains, and you, my people, hearken. As you + know, I have two sons, calves of the Black Bull, princes of the land—my + son Hafela, the eldest born, and my son Nodwengo, his half-brother——” + </p> + <p> + At this point the king began to grow confused. He hesitated, passing his + hand over his eyes, then slowly and with difficulty repeated those words + which he had already said. + </p> + <p> + “We hear you, Father,” cried the councillors in encouragement, as for the + second time he paused. While they still spoke, the veins in the king’s + neck were seen to swell suddenly, foam flecked with blood burst from his + lips, and he fell headlong to the ground. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0007" id="link2HCH0007"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VII + </h2> + <h3> + THE RECOVERY OF THE KING + </h3> + <p> + For a moment there was silence, then a great cry arose—a cry of “Our + father is dead!” Presently with it were mingled other and angrier shouts + of “The king is murdered!” and “He is bewitched, the white wizard has + bewitched the king! He prophesied evil upon him, and now he has bewitched + him!” + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile the captains and councillors formed a ring about Umsuka, and + Hokosa bending over him examined him. + </p> + <p> + “Princes and Councillors,” he said presently, “your father yet lives, but + his life is like the life of a dying fire and soon he must be dead. This + is sure, that one of two things has befallen him: either the heat has + caused the blood to boil in his veins and he is smitten with a stroke from + heaven, such as men who are fat and heavy sometimes die of; or he has been + bewitched by a wicked wizard. Yonder stands one,” and he pointed to Owen, + “who not an hour ago prophesied that before the sun was down great evil + should overtake the king. The sun is not yet down, and great evil has + overtaken him. Perchance, Princes and Councillors, this white prophet can + tell us of the matter.” + </p> + <p> + “Perchance I can,” answered Owen calmly. + </p> + <p> + “He admits it!” cried some. “Away with him!” + </p> + <p> + “Peace!” said Owen, holding the crucifix towards those whose spears + threatened his life. + </p> + <p> + They shrank back, for this symbol of a dying man terrified them who could + not guess its significance. + </p> + <p> + “Peace,” went on Owen, “and listen. Be sure of this, Councillors, that if + I die, your king will die; whereas if I live, your king may live. You ask + me of this matter. Where shall I begin? Shall I begin with the tale of two + men seated together some nights ago in a hut so dark that no eyes could + see in it, save perchance the eyes of a wizard? What did they talk of in + that hut, and who were those men? They talked, I think, of the death of a + king and of the crowning of a king. They talked of a price to be paid for + a certain medicine; and one of them had a royal air, and one——” + </p> + <p> + “Will ye hearken to this wild babbler while your king lies dying before + your eyes?” broke in Hokosa, in a shrill, unnatural voice; for almost + palsied with fear as he was at Owen’s mysterious words, he still retained + his presence of mind. “Listen now: what is he, and what did he say? He is + one who comes hither to preach a new faith to us; he comes, he says, on an + embassy from the King of Heaven, who has power over all things, and who, + so these white men preach, can give power to His servants. Well, let this + one cease prating and show us his strength, as he has been warned he would + be called upon to do. Let him give us a sign. There before you lies your + king, and he is past the help of man; even I cannot help him. Therefore, + let this messenger cure him, or call upon his God to cure him; that + seeing, we may know him to be a true messenger, and one sent by that King + of whom he speaks. Let him do this now before our eyes, or let him perish + as a wizard who has bewitched the king. Do you hear my words, Messenger, + and can you draw this one back from between the Gates of Death?” + </p> + <p> + “I hear them,” answered Owen quietly; “and I can—or if I cannot, + then I am willing to pay the penalty with my life. You who are a doctor + say that your king is as one who is already dead, so that whatever I may + do I cannot hurt him further. Therefore I ask this of you, that you stand + round and watch, but molest me neither by word nor deed while I attempt + his cure. Do you consent?” + </p> + <p> + “It is just; we consent,” said the councillors. “Let us see what the white + man can do, and by the issue let him be judged.” But Hokosa stared at Owen + wondering, and made no answer. + </p> + <p> + “Bring some clean water to me in a gourd,” said Owen. + </p> + <p> + It was brought and given to him. He looked round, searching the faces of + those about him. Presently his eye fell upon the Prince Nodwengo, and he + beckoned to him, saying:— + </p> + <p> + “Come hither, Prince, for you are honest, and I would have you to help me, + and no other man.” + </p> + <p> + The prince stepped forward and Owen gave him the gourd of water. Then he + drew out the little bottle wherein he had stored the juice of the creeper, + and uncorking it, he bade Nodwengo fill it up with water. This done, he + clasped his hands, and lifting his eyes to heaven, he prayed aloud in the + language of the Amasuka. + </p> + <p> + “O God,” he prayed, “upon whose business I am here, grant, I beseech Thee, + that by Thy Grace power may be given to me to work this miracle in the + face of these people, to the end that I may win them to cease from their + iniquities, to believe upon Thee, the only true God, and to save their + souls alive. Amen.” + </p> + <p> + Having finished his prayer, he took the bottle and shook it; then he + commanded Nodwengo to sit upon the ground and hold his father’s head upon + his knee. Now, as all might see by many signs, the king was upon the verge + of death, for his lips were purple, his breathing was rare and stertorous, + and his heart stood well-nigh still. + </p> + <p> + “Open his mouth and hold down the tongue,” said Owen. + </p> + <p> + The prince obeyed, pressing down the tongue with a snuff spoon. Then + placing the neck of the bottle as far into the throat as it would reach, + Owen poured the fluid it contained into the body of the king, who made a + convulsive movement and instantly seemed to die. + </p> + <p> + “He is dead,” said one; “away with the false prophet!” + </p> + <p> + “It may be so, or it may not be so,” answered Owen. “Wait for the half of + an hour; then, if he shows no sign of life, do what you will with me.” + </p> + <p> + “It is well,” they said; “so be it.” + </p> + <p> + Slowly the minutes slipped by, while the king lay like a corpse before + them, and outside of that silent ring the soldiers murmured as the wind. + The sun was sinking fast, and Hokosa watched it, counting the seconds. At + length he spoke:— + </p> + <p> + “The half of the hour that you demanded is dead, White Man, as dead as the + king; and now the time has come for you to die also,” and he stretched out + his hand to take him. + </p> + <p> + Owen looked at his watch and replied:— + </p> + <p> + “There is still another minute; and you, Hokosa, who are skilled in + medicines, may know that this antidote does not work so swiftly as the + bane.” + </p> + <p> + The shot was a random one, but it told, for Hokosa fell back and was + silent. + </p> + <p> + The seconds passed on as the minute hand of the watch went round from ten + to twenty, from twenty to thirty, from thirty to forty. A few more + instants and the game was played. Had that dream of his been vain + imagining, and was all his faith nothing but a dream wondered Owen? Well, + if so, it would be best that he should die. But he did not believe that it + was so; he believed that the Power above him would intervene to save—not + him, indeed, but all this people. + </p> + <p> + “Let us make an end,” said Hokosa, “the time is done.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said Owen, “the time is done—and <i>the king lives!</i>” + </p> + <p> + Even as he spoke the pulses in the old man’s forehead were seen to throb, + and the veins in his neck to swell as they had swollen after he had + swallowed the poison; then once more they shrank to their natural size. + Umsuka stirred a hand, groaned, sat up, and spoke:— + </p> + <p> + “What has chanced to me?” he said. “I have descended into deep darkness, + now once again I see light.” + </p> + <p> + No one answered, for all were staring, terrified and amazed, at the + Messenger—the white wizard to whom had been given power to bring men + back from the gate of death. At length Owen said:— + </p> + <p> + “This has chanced to you, King: that evil which I prophesied to you if you + refused to listen to the voice of mercy has fallen upon you. By now you + would have been dead, had it not pleased Him Whom I serve, working through + me, His messenger, to bring you back to look upon the sun. Thank Him, + therefore, and worship Him, for He alone is Master of the Earth,” and he + held the crucifix before his eyes. + </p> + <p> + The humbled monarch lifted his hand—he who for many years had made + obeisance to none—and saluted the symbol, saying:— + </p> + <p> + “Messenger, I thank Him and I worship Him, though I know Him not. Say now, + how did His magic work upon me to make me sick to death and to recover + me?” + </p> + <p> + “By the hand of man, King, and by the virtues that lie hid in Nature. Did + you not drink of a cup, and were not many things mixed in the draught? Was + it not but now in your mind to speak words that should bring down the head + of pride and evil, and lift up the head of truth and goodness?” + </p> + <p> + “O White Man, how know you these things?” gasped the king. + </p> + <p> + “I know them, it is enough. Say, who was it that stirred the bowl, King, + and who gave you to drink?” + </p> + <p> + Now Umsuka staggered to his feet, and cried aloud in a voice that was + thick with rage:— + </p> + <p> + “By my head and the heads of my fathers I smell the plot! My son, the + Prince Hafela, has learned my counsel, and would have slain me before I + said words that should set him beneath the feet of Nodwengo. Seize him, + captains, and let him be brought before me for judgment!” + </p> + <p> + Men looked this way and that to carry out the command of the king, but + Hafela was gone. Already he was upon the hillside, running as a man has + rarely run before—his face set towards that fastness in the + mountains where he could find refuge among his mother’s tribesmen and the + regiments which he commanded. Of late they had been sent thither by the + king that they might be far from the Great Place when their prince was + disinherited. + </p> + <p> + “He is fled,” said one; “I saw him go.” + </p> + <p> + “Pursue him and bring him back, dead or alive!” thundered the king. “A + hundred head of cattle to the man who lays hand upon him before he reaches + the <i>impi</i> of the North, for they will fight for him!” + </p> + <p> + “Stay!” broke in Owen. “Once before this day I prayed of you, King, to + show mercy, and you refused it. Will you refuse me a second time? Leave + him his life who has lost all else.” + </p> + <p> + “That he may rebel against me? Well, White Man, I owe you much, and for + this time your wisdom shall be my guide, though my heart speaks against + such gentleness. Hearken, councillors and people, this is my decree: that + Hafela, my son, who would have murdered me, be deposed from his place as + heir to my throne, and that Nodwengo, his brother, be set in that place, + to rule the People of Fire after me when I die.” + </p> + <p> + “It is good, it is just!” said the council. “Let the king’s word be done.” + </p> + <p> + “Hearken again,” said Umsuka. “Let this white man, who is named Messenger, + be placed in the House of Guests and treated with all honour; let oxen be + given him from the royal herds and corn from the granaries, and girls of + noble blood for wives if he wills them. Hokosa, into your hand I deliver + him, and, great though you are, know this, that if but a hair of his head + is harmed, with your goods and your life you shall answer for it, you and + all your house.” + </p> + <p> + “Let the king’s word be done,” said the councillors again. + </p> + <p> + “Heralds,” went on Umsuka, “proclaim that the feast of the first-fruits is + ended, and my command is that every regiment should seek its quarters, + taking with it a double gift of cattle from the king, who has been saved + alive by the magic of this white man. And now, Messenger, farewell, for my + head grows weary. To-morrow I will speak with you.” + </p> + <p> + Then the king was led away into the royal house, and save those who were + quartered in it, the regiments passed one by one through the gates of the + kraal, singing their war-songs as they went. Darkness fell upon the Great + Place, and through it parties of men might be seen dragging thence the + corpses of those who had fallen in the fight with sticks, or been put to + death thereafter by order of the king. + </p> + <p> + “Messenger,” said Hokosa, bowing before Owen, “be pleased to follow me.” + Then he led him to a little kraal numbering five or six large and + beautifully made huts, which stood by itself, within its own fence, at the + north end of the Great Place, not far from the house of the king. In front + of the centre hut a fire was burning, and by its light women appeared + cleaning out the huts and bringing food and water. + </p> + <p> + “Here you may rest in safety, Messenger,” said Hokosa, “seeing that night + and day a guard from the king’s own regiment will stand before your + doors.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not need them,” answered Owen, “for none can harm me till my hour + comes. I am a stranger here and you are a great man; yet, Hokosa, which of + us is the safest this night?” + </p> + <p> + “Your meaning?” said Hokosa sharply. + </p> + <p> + “O man!” answered Owen, “when in a certain hour you crept up the valley + yonder, and climbing the Tree of Death gathered its poison, went I not + with you? When, before that hour, you sat in yonder hut bargaining with + the Prince Hafela—the death of a king for the price of a girl—was + I not with you? Nay, threaten me not—in your own words I say it—‘lay + down that assegai, or by my spirit your body shall be thrown to the kites, + as that of one who would murder the king’—and the king’s guest!” + </p> + <p> + “White Man,” whispered Hokosa throwing down the spear, “how can these + things be? I was alone in the hut with the prince, I was alone beneath the + Tree of Doom, and you, as I know well, were beyond the river. Your spies + must be good, White Man.” + </p> + <p> + “My spirit is my only spy, Hokosa. My spirit watched you, and from your + own lips he learned the secret of the bane and of the antidote. Hafela + mixed the poison as you taught him; I gave the remedy, and saved the king + alive.” + </p> + <p> + Now the knees of Hokosa grew weak beneath him, and he leaned against the + fence of the kraal for support. + </p> + <p> + “I have skill in the art,” he said hoarsely; “but, Messenger, your magic + is more than mine, and my life is forfeit to you. To-morrow morning, you + will tell the king all, and to-morrow night I shall hang upon the dreadful + Tree. Well, so be it; I am overmatched at my own trade, and it is best + that I should die. You have plotted well and you have conquered, and to + you belong my place and power.” + </p> + <p> + “It was you who plotted, and not I, Hokosa. Did you not contrive that I + should reach the Great Place but a little before the poison was given to + the king, so that upon me might be laid the crime of his bewitching? Did + you not plan also that I should be called upon to cure him—a thing + you deemed impossible—and when I failed that I should be straightway + butchered?” + </p> + <p> + “Seeing that it is useless to lie to you, I confess that it was so,” + answered Hokosa boldly. + </p> + <p> + “It was so,” repeated Owen; “therefore, according to your law your life is + forfeit, seeing that you dug a pit to snare the innocent feet. But I come + to tell you of a new law, and that which I preach I practise. Hokosa, I + pardon you, and if you will put aside your evil-doing, I promise you that + no word of all your wickedness shall pass my lips.” + </p> + <p> + “It has not been my fashion to take a boon at the hand of any man, save of + the king only,” said the wizard in a humble voice; “but now it seems that + I am come to this. Tell me, White Man, what is the payment that you seek + of me?” + </p> + <p> + “None, Hokosa, except that you cease from evil and listen with an open + heart to that message which I am sworn to deliver to you and to all your + nation. Also you would do well to put away that fair woman whose price was + the murder of him that fed you.” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot do it,” answered the wizard. “I will listen to your teaching, + but I will not rob my heart of her it craves alone. White Man, I am not + like the rest of my nation. I have not sought after women; I have but one + wife, and she is old and childless. Now, for the first time in my days, I + love this girl—ah, you know not how!—and I will take her, and + she shall be the mother of my children.” + </p> + <p> + “Then, Hokosa, you will take her to your sorrow,” answered Owen solemnly, + “for she will learn to hate you who have robbed her of royalty and rule, + giving her wizardries and your grey hairs in place of them.” + </p> + <p> + And thus for that night they parted. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0008" id="link2HCH0008"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VIII + </h2> + <h3> + THE FIRST TRIAL BY FIRE + </h3> + <p> + On the following day, while Owen sat eating his morning meal with a + thankful heart, a messenger arrived saying that the king would receive him + whenever it pleased him to come. He answered that he would be with him + before noon, for already he had learned that among natives one loses + little by delay. A great man, they think, is rich in time, and hurries + only to wait upon his superiors. + </p> + <p> + At the appointed hour a guard came to lead him to the royal house, and + thither Owen went, followed by John bearing a Bible. Umsuka was seated + beneath a reed roof supported by poles and open on all sides; behind him + stood councillors and attendants, and by him were Nodwengo the prince, and + Hokosa, his mouth and prophet. Although the day was hot, he wore a kaross + or rug of wild catskins, and his face showed that the effects of the + poisoned draught were still upon him. At the approach of Owen he rose with + something of an effort, and, shaking him by the hand, thanked him for his + life, calling him “doctor of doctors.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell me, Messenger,” he added, “how it was that you were able to cure me, + and who were in the plot to kill me? There must have been more than one,” + and he rolled his eyes round with angry suspicion. + </p> + <p> + “King,” answered Owen, “if I knew anything of this matter, the Power that + wrote it on my mind has wiped it out again, or, at the least, has + forbidden me to speak of its secret. I saved you, it is enough; for the + rest, the past is the past, and I come to deal with the present and the + future.” + </p> + <p> + “This white man keeps his word,” thought Hokosa to himself, and he looked + at him thanking him with his eyes. + </p> + <p> + “So be it,” answered the king; “after all, it is wise not to stir a + dung-heap, for there we find little beside evil odours and the nests of + snakes. Now, what is your business with me, and why do you come from the + white man’s countries to visit me? I have heard of those countries, they + are great and far away. I have heard of the white men also—wonderful + men who have all knowledge; but I do not desire to have anything to do + with them, for whenever they meet black people they eat them up, taking + their lands and making them slaves. Once, some years ago, two of you white + people visited us here, but perhaps you know that story.” + </p> + <p> + “I know it,” answered Owen; “one of those men you murdered, and the other + you sent back with a message which he delivered into my ears across the + waters, thousands of miles away.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay,” answered the king, “we did not murder him; he came to us with the + story of a new God who could raise the dead and work other miracles, and + gave such powers to His servants. So a man was slain and we begged of him + to bring him back to life; and since he could not, we killed him also + because he was a liar.” + </p> + <p> + “He was no liar,” said Owen; “since he never told you that he had power to + open the mouth of the grave. Still, Heaven is merciful, and although you + murdered him that was sent to you, his Master has chosen me to follow in + his footsteps. Me also you may murder if you will, and then another and + another; but still the messengers shall come, till at last your ears are + opened and you listen. Only, for such deeds your punishment must be + heavy.” + </p> + <p> + “What is the message, White Man?” + </p> + <p> + “A message of peace, of forgiveness, and of life beyond the grave, of life + everlasting. Listen, King. Yesterday you were near to death; say now, had + you stepped over the edge of it, where would you be this day?” + </p> + <p> + Umsuka shrugged his shoulders. “With my fathers, White Man.” + </p> + <p> + “And where are your fathers?” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, I know not—nowhere, everywhere: the night is full of them; in + the night we hear the echo of their voices. When they are angry they haunt + the thunder-cloud, and when they are pleased they smile in the sunshine. + Sometimes also they appear in the shape of snakes, or visit us in dreams, + and then we offer them sacrifice. Yonder on the hillside is a haunted + wood; it is full of their spirits, White Man, but they cannot talk, they + only mutter, and their footfalls sound like the dropping of heavy rain, + for they are strengthless and unhappy, and in the end they fade away.” + </p> + <p> + “So you say,” answered Owen, “who are not altogether without + understanding, yet know little, never having been taught. Now listen to + me,” and very earnestly he preached to him and those about him of peace, + of forgiveness, and of life everlasting. + </p> + <p> + “Why should a God die miserably upon a cross?” asked the king at length. + </p> + <p> + “That through His sacrifice men might become as gods,” answered Owen. + “Believe in Him and He will save you.” + </p> + <p> + “How can we do that,” asked the king again, “when already we have a god? + Can we desert one god and set up another?” + </p> + <p> + “What god, King?” + </p> + <p> + “I will show him to you, White Man. Let my litter be brought.” + </p> + <p> + The litter was brought and the king entered it with labouring breath. + Passing through the north gate of the Great Place, the party ascended a + slope of the hill that lay beyond it till they reached a flat plain some + hundreds of yards in width. On this plain vegetation grew scantily, for + here the bed rock of ironstone, denuded with frequent and heavy rains, was + scarcely hidden by a thin crust of earth. On the further side of the + plain, however, and separated from it by a little stream, was a green bank + of deep soft soil, beyond which lay a gloomy valley full of great trees, + that for many generations had been the burying-place of the kings of the + Amasuka. + </p> + <p> + “This is the house of the god,” said the king. + </p> + <p> + “A strange house,” answered Owen, “and where is he that dwells in it?” + </p> + <p> + “Follow me and I will show you, Messenger; but be swift, for already the + sky grows dark with coming tempest.” + </p> + <p> + Now at the king’s command the bearers bore him across the sere plateau + towards a stone that lay almost in its centre. Presently they halted, and, + pointing to this mass, the king said:— + </p> + <p> + “Behold the god!” + </p> + <p> + Owen advanced and examined the object. A glance told him that this god of + the Amasuka was a meteoric stone of unusual size. Most of such stones are + mere shapeless lumps, but this one bore a peculiar resemblance to a seated + human being holding up one arm towards the sky. So strange was this + likeness that, other reasons apart, it seemed not wonderful that savages + should regard the thing with awe and veneration. Rather would it have been + wonderful had they not done so. + </p> + <p> + “Say now,” said Owen to the king when he had inspected the stone, “what is + the history of this dumb god of yours, and why do you worship him?” + </p> + <p> + “Follow me across the stream and I will tell you, Messenger,” answered the + king, again glancing at the sky. “The storm gathers, and when it breaks + none are safe upon this plain except the heaven doctors such as Hokosa and + his companions who can bind the lightning.” + </p> + <p> + So they went and when they reached the further side of the stream Umsuka + descended from his litter. + </p> + <p> + “Messenger,” he said, “this is the story of the god as it has come down to + us. From the beginning our land has been scourged with lightning above all + other lands, and with the floods of rain that accompany the lightning. In + the old days the Great Place of the king was out yonder among the + mountains, but every year fire from heaven fell upon it, destroying much + people: and at length in a great tempest the house of the king of that day + was smitten and burned, and his wives and children were turned to ashes. + Then that king held a council of his wizards and fire-doctors, and these + having consulted the spirits of their forefathers, retired into a place + apart to fast and pray; yes, it was in yonder valley, the burying ground + of kings, that they hid themselves. Now on the third night the God of Fire + appeared to the chief of the doctors in his sleep, and he was shaped like + a burning brand and smoke went up from him. Out of the smoke he spoke to + the doctor, saying: ‘For this reason it is that I torment your people, + that they hate me and curse at me and pay me little honour.’ + </p> + <p> + “In his dream the doctor answered: ‘How can the people honour a god that + they do not see?’ Then the god said: ‘Rise up now in the night, all the + company of you, and go take your stand upon the banks of yonder stream, + and I will fall down in fire from heaven, and there on the plain you shall + find my image. Then let your king move his Great Place into the valley + beneath the plain, and henceforth my bolts shall spare it and him. Only, + month by month you shall make prayers and offerings to me; moreover, the + name of the people shall be changed, for it shall be called the People of + Fire.’ + </p> + <p> + “Now the doctor rose, and having awakened his companions, he told them of + his vision. Then they all of them went down to the banks of this stream + where we now stand. And as they waited there a great tempest burst over + them, and in the midst of that tempest they saw the flaming figure of a + man descend from heaven, and when he touched the earth it shook. The + morning came and there upon the plain before them, where there had been + nothing, sat the likeness of the god as it sits to-day and shall sit for + ever. So the name of this people was changed, and the king’s Great Place + was built where it now is. + </p> + <p> + “Since that day, Messenger, no hut has been burned and no man killed in or + about the Great Place by fire from heaven, which falls only here where the + god is, though away among the mountains and elsewhere men are sometimes + killed. But wait a while and you shall see with your eyes. Hokosa, do you, + whom the lightning will not touch, take that pole of dead wood and set it + up yonder in the crevice of the rock not far from the figure of the god.” + </p> + <p> + “I obey,” said Hokosa, “although I have brought no medicines with me. + Perhaps,” he added with a faint sneer, “the white man, who is so great a + wizard, will not be afraid to accompany me.” + </p> + <p> + Now Owen saw that all those present were looking at him curiously. It was + evident they believed that he would not dare to accept the challenge. + Therefore he answered at once and without hesitation:— + </p> + <p> + “Certainly I will come; the pole is heavy for one man to carry, and where + Hokosa goes, there I can go also.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, nay, Messenger,” said the king, “the lightning knows Hokosa and will + turn from him, but you are a stranger to it and it will eat you up.” + </p> + <p> + “King,” answered Owen, “I do not believe that Hokosa has any power over + the lightning. It may strike him or it may strike me; but unless my God so + commands, it will strike neither of us.” + </p> + <p> + “On your head be it, White Man,” said Hokosa, with cold anger. “Come, aid + me with the pole.” + </p> + <p> + Then they lifted the dead tree, and between them carried it into the + middle of the plain, where they set it up in a crevice of the rock. By + this time the storm was almost over them, and watching it Owen perceived + that the lightnings struck always along the bank of the stream, doubtless + following a hidden line of the bed of ironstone. + </p> + <p> + “It is but a very little storm,” said Hokosa contemptuously, “such as + visit us almost every afternoon at this period of the year. Ah! White Man, + I would that you could see one of our great tempests, for these are worth + beholding. This I fear, however, that you will never do, seeing it is + likely that within some few minutes you will have passed back to that King + who sent you here, with a hole in your head and a black mark down your + spine.” + </p> + <p> + “That we shall learn presently, Hokosa,” answered Owen; “for my part, I + pray that no such fate may overtake you.” + </p> + <p> + Now Hokosa moved himself away, muttering and pointing with his fingers, + but Owen remained standing within about thirty yards of the pole. Suddenly + there came a glare of light, and the pole was split into fragments; but + although the shock was perceptible, they remained unhurt. Almost + immediately a second flash leaped from the cloud, and Owen saw Hokosa + stagger and fall to his knees. “The man is struck,” he thought to himself, + but it was not so, for recovering his balance, the wizard walked back to + the stream. + </p> + <p> + Owen never stirred. From boyhood courage had been one of his good + qualities, but it was a courage of the spirit rather than of the flesh. + For instance, at this very moment, so far as his body was concerned, he + was much afraid, and did not in the least enjoy standing upon an ironstone + plateau at the imminent risk of being destroyed by lightning. But even if + he had not had an end to gain, he would have scorned to give way to his + human frailties; also, now as always, his faith supported him. As it + happened the storm, which was slight, passed by, and no more flashes fell. + When it was over he walked back to where the king and his court were + standing. + </p> + <p> + “Messenger,” said Umsuka, “you are not only a great doctor, you are also a + brave man, and such I honour. There is no one among us here, not being a + lord of the lightning, who would have dared to stand upon that place with + Hokosa while the flashes fell about him. Yet you have done it; it was + Hokosa who was driven away. You have passed the trial by fire, and + henceforth, whether we refuse your message or accept it, you are great in + this land.” + </p> + <p> + “There is no need to praise me, King,” answered Owen. “The risk is + something; but I knew that I was protected from it, seeing that I shall + not die until my hour comes, and it is not yet. Listen now: your god + yonder is nothing but a stone such as I have often seen before, for + sometimes in great tempests they come to earth from the clouds. You are + not the first people that have worshipped such a stone, but now we know + better. Also this plain before you is full of iron, and iron draws the + lightning. That is why it never strikes your town below. The iron attracts + it more strongly than earth and huts of straw. Again, while the pole stood + I was in little danger, for the lightning strikes the highest thing; but + after the pole was shattered and Hokosa wisely went away, then I was in + some danger, only no flashes fell. I am not a magician, King, but I know + some things that you do not know, and I trust in One whom I shall lead you + to trust also.” + </p> + <p> + “We will talk of this more hereafter,” said the king hurriedly, “for one + day, I have heard and seen enough. Also I do not believe your words, for I + have noted ever that those who are the greatest wizards of all say + continually that they have no magic power. Hokosa, you have been famous in + your day, but it seems that henceforth you who have led must follow.” + </p> + <p> + “The battle is not yet fought, King,” answered Hokosa. “To-day I met the + lightnings without my medicines, and it was a little storm; when I am + prepared with my medicines and the tempest is great, then I will challenge + this white man to face me yonder, and then in that hour <i>my</i> god + shall show his strength and <i>his</i> God shall not be able to save him.” + </p> + <p> + “That we shall see when the time comes,” answered Owen, with a smile. + </p> + <p> + That night as Owen sat in his hut working at the translation of St. John, + the door was opened and Hokosa entered. + </p> + <p> + “White Man,” said the wizard, “you are too strong for me, though whence + you have your power I know not. Let us make a bargain. Show me your magic + and I will show you mine, and we will rule the land between us. You and I + are much akin—we are great; we have the spirit sight; we know that + there are things beyond the things we see and hear and feel; whereas, for + the rest, they are fools, following the flesh alone. I have spoken.” + </p> + <p> + “Very gladly will I show you my magic, Hokosa,” answered Owen cheerfully, + “since, to speak truth, though I know you to be wicked, and guess that you + would be glad to be rid of me by fair means or foul; yet I have taken a + liking for you, seeing in you one who from a sinner may grow into a saint. + </p> + <p> + “This then is my magic: To love God and serve man; to eschew wizardry, + wealth, and power; to seek after holiness, poverty and humility; to deny + your flesh, and to make yourself small in the sight of men, that so + perchance you may grow great in the sight of Heaven and save your soul + alive.” + </p> + <p> + “I have no stomach for that lesson,” said Hokosa. + </p> + <p> + “Yet you shall live to hunger for it,” answered Owen. And the wizard went + away angered but wondering. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0009" id="link2HCH0009"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IX + </h2> + <h3> + THE CRISIS + </h3> + <p> + Now, day by day for something over a month Owen preached the Gospel before + the king, his councillors, and hundreds of the head men of the nation. + They listened to him attentively, debating the new doctrine point by + point; for although they might be savages, these people were very + keen-witted and subtle. Very patiently did Owen sow, and at length to his + infinite joy he also gathered in his first-fruit. One night as he sat in + his hut labouring as usual at the work of translation, wherein he was + assisted by John whom he had taught to read and write, the Prince Nodwengo + entered and greeted him. For a while he sat silent watching the white man + at his task, then he said:— + </p> + <p> + “Messenger, I have a boon to ask of you. Can you teach me to understand + those signs which you set upon the paper, and to make them also as does + John your servant?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly,” answered Owen; “if you will come to me at noon to-morrow, we + will begin.” + </p> + <p> + The prince thanked him, but he did not go away. Indeed, from his manner + Owen guessed that he had something more upon his mind. At length it came + out. + </p> + <p> + “Messenger,” he said, “you have told us of baptism whereby we are admitted + into the army of your King; say, have you the power of this rite?” + </p> + <p> + “I have.” + </p> + <p> + “And is your servant here baptised?” + </p> + <p> + “He is.” + </p> + <p> + “Then if he who is a common man can be baptised, why may not I who am a + prince?” + </p> + <p> + “In baptism,” answered Owen, “there is no distinction between the highest + and the lowest; but if you believe, then the door is open and through it + you can join the company of Heaven.” + </p> + <p> + “Messenger, I do believe,” answered the prince humbly. + </p> + <p> + Then Owen was very joyful, and that same night, with John for a witness, + he baptised the prince, giving him the new name of Constantine, after the + first Christian emperor. + </p> + <p> + On the following day Nodwengo, in the presence of Owen, who on this point + would suffer no concealment, announced to the king that he had become a + Christian. Umsuka heard, and for a while sat silent. Then he said in a + troubled voice:— + </p> + <p> + “Truly, Messenger, in the words of that Book from which you read to us, I + fear that you have come hither to bring, ‘not peace but a sword.’ Now when + the witch-doctors and the priests of fire learn this, that he whom I have + chosen to succeed me has become the servant of another faith, they will + stir up the soldiers and there will be civil war. I pray you, therefore, + keep the matter secret, at any rate for a while, seeing that the lives of + many are at stake.” + </p> + <p> + “In this, my father,” answered the prince, “I must do as the Messenger + bids me; but if you desire it, take from me the right of succession and + call back my brother from the northern mountains.” + </p> + <p> + “That by poison or the spear he may put all of us to death, Nodwengo! Be + not afraid; ere long when he learns all that is happening here, your + brother Hafela will come from the northern mountains, and the spears of + his <i>impis</i> shall be countless as the stars of the sky. Messenger, + you desire to draw us to the arms of your God—and myself, I am at + times minded to follow the path of my son Nodwengo and seek a refuge there—but + say, will they be strong enough to protect us from Hafela and the warriors + of the north? Already he gathers his clans, and already my captains desert + to him. By-and-by, in the spring-time—may I be dead before the day—he + will roll down upon us like a flood of water——” + </p> + <p> + “To fall back like waters from a wall of rock,” answered Owen. “‘Let not + your heart be troubled,’ for my Master can protect His servants, and He + will protect you. But first you must confess Him openly, as your son has + done.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, I am too old to hurry,” said the king with a sigh. “Your tale seems + full of promise to one who is near the grave; but how can I know that it + is more than a dream? And shall I abandon the worship of my fathers and + change, or strive to change, the customs of my people to follow after + dreams? Nodwengo has chosen his part, and I do not blame him; yet, for the + present I beseech you both to keep silence on this matter, lest to save + bloodshed I should be driven to side against you.” + </p> + <p> + “So be it, King,” said Owen; “but I warn you that Truth has a loud voice, + and that it is hard to hide the shining of a light in a dark place, nor + does it please my Lord to be denied by those who confess Him.” + </p> + <p> + “I am weary,” replied the old king, and they saluted him and went. + </p> + <p> + In obedience to the wish of Umsuka his father, the conversion of Nodwengo + was kept secret, and yet—none knew how—the thing leaked out. + Soon the women in their huts, and the soldiers by their watch-fires, + whispered it in each other’s ears that he who was appointed to be their + future ruler had become a servant of the unknown God. That he had forsworn + war and all the delights of men; that he would take but one wife and + appear before the army, not in the uniform of a general, but clad in a + white robe, and carry, not the broad spear, but a cross of wood. Swiftly + the strange story flew from mouth to mouth, yet it was not altogether + believed till it chanced that one day when he was reviewing a regiment, a + soldier who was drunk with beer openly insulted the prince, calling him “a + coward who worshipped a coward.” + </p> + <p> + Now men held their breaths, waiting to see this fool led away to die by + torture of the ant-heap or some other dreadful doom. But the prince only + answered: + </p> + <p> + “Soldier, you are drunk, therefore I forgive you your words. Whether He + Whom you blaspheme will forgive you, I know not. Get you gone!” + </p> + <p> + The warriors stared and murmured, for by those words, wittingly or + unwittingly, their general had confessed his faith, and that day they made + ribald songs about him in the camp. But on the morrow when they learned + how that the man whom the prince spared had been seized by a lion and + taken away as he sat at night with his companions in the bivouac, his + mouth full of boasting of his own courage in offering insult to the prince + and the new faith, then they looked at each other askance and said little + more of the matter. Doubtless it was chance, and yet this Spirit Whom the + Messenger preached was one of Whom it seemed wisest not to speak lightly. + </p> + <p> + But still the trouble grew, for by now the witch-doctors, with Hokosa at + the head of them, were frightened for their place and power, and fomented + it both openly and in secret. Of the women they asked what would become of + them when men were allowed to take but one wife? Of the heads of kraals, + how they would grow wealthy when their daughters ceased to be worth + cattle? Of the councillors and generals, how the land could be protected + from its foes when they were commanded to lay down the spear? Of the + soldiers, whose only trade was war, how it would please them to till the + fields like girls? Dismay took hold of the nation, and although they were + much loved, there was open talk of killing or driving away the king and + Nodwengo who favoured the white man, and of setting up Hafela in their + place. + </p> + <p> + At length the crisis came, and in this fashion. The Amasuka, like many + other African tribes, had a strange veneration for certain varieties of + snakes which they declared to be possessed by the spirits of their + ancestors. It was a law among them that if one of these snakes entered a + kraal it must not be killed, or even driven away, under pain of death, but + must be allowed to share with the human occupants any hut that it might + select. As a result of this enforced hospitality deaths from snake-bite + were numerous among the people; but when they happened in a kraal its + owners met with little sympathy, for the doctors explained that the real + cause of them was the anger of some ancestral spirit towards his + descendants. Now, before John was despatched to instruct Owen in the + language of the Amasuka a certain girl was sealed to him as his future + wife, and this girl, who during his absence had been orphaned, he had + married recently with the approval of Owen, who at this time was preparing + her for baptism. On the third morning after his marriage John appeared + before his master in the last extremity of grief and terror. + </p> + <p> + “Help me, Messenger!” he cried, “for my ancestral spirit has entered our + hut and bitten my wife as she lay asleep.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you mad?” asked Owen. “What is an ancestral spirit, and how can it + have bitten your wife?” + </p> + <p> + “A snake,” gasped John, “a green snake of the worst sort.” + </p> + <p> + Then Owen remembered the superstition, and snatching blue-stone and + spirits of wine from his medicine chest, he rushed to John’s hut. As it + happened, he was fortunately in time with his remedies and succeeded in + saving the woman’s life, whereby his reputation as a doctor and a + magician, already great, was considerably enlarged. + </p> + <p> + “Where is the snake?” he asked when at length she was out of danger. + </p> + <p> + “Yonder, under the kaross,” answered John, pointing to a skin rug which + lay in the corner. + </p> + <p> + “Have you killed it?” + </p> + <p> + “No, Messenger,” answered the man, “I dare not. Alas! we must live with + the thing here in the hut till it chooses to go away.” + </p> + <p> + “Truly,” said Owen, “I am ashamed to think that you who are a Christian + should still believe so horrible a superstition. Does your faith teach you + that the souls of men enter into snakes?” + </p> + <p> + Now John hung his head; then snatching a kerry, he threw aside the kaross, + revealing a great green serpent seven or eight feet long. With fury he + fell upon the reptile, killed it by repeated blows, and hurled it into the + courtyard outside the house. + </p> + <p> + “Behold, father,” he said, “and judge whether I am still superstitious.” + Then his countenance fell and he added: “Yet my life must pay for this + deed, for it is an ancient law among us that to harm one of these snakes + is death.” + </p> + <p> + “Have no fear,” said Owen, “a way will be found out of this trouble.” + </p> + <p> + That afternoon Owen heard a great hubbub outside his kraal, and going to + see what was the matter, he found a party of the witch-doctors dragging + John towards the place of judgment, which was by the king’s house. Thither + he followed to discover that the case was already in course of being + opened before the king, his council, and a vast audience of the people. + Hokosa was the accuser. In brief and pregnant sentences, producing the + dead snake in proof of his argument, he pointed out the enormity of the + offence against the laws of the Amasuka wherewith the prisoner was + charged, demanding that the man who had killed the house of his ancestral + spirit should instantly be put to death. + </p> + <p> + “What have you to say?” asked the king of John. + </p> + <p> + “This, O King,” replied John, “that I am a Christian, and to me that snake + is nothing but a noxious reptile. It bit my wife, and had it not been for + the medicine of the Messenger, she would have perished of the poison. + Therefore I killed it before it could harm others.” + </p> + <p> + “It is a fair answer,” said the king. “Hokosa, I think that this man + should go free.” + </p> + <p> + “The king’s will is the law,” replied Hokosa bitterly; “but if the law + were the king’s will, the decision would be otherwise. This man has slain, + not a snake, but that which held the spirit of an ancestor, and for the + deed he deserves to die. Hearken, O King, for the business is larger than + it seems. How are we to be governed henceforth? Are we to follow our + ancient rules and customs, or must we submit ourselves to a new rule and a + new custom? I tell you, O King, that the people murmur; they are without + light, they wander in the darkness, they cannot understand. Play with us + no more, but let us hear the truth that we may judge of this matter.” + </p> + <p> + Umsuka looked at Owen, but made no reply. + </p> + <p> + “I will answer you, Hokosa,” said Owen, “for I am the spring of all this + trouble, and at my command that man, my disciple, killed yonder snake. + What is it? It is nothing but a reptile; no human spirit ever dwelt within + it as you imagine in your superstition. You ask to hear the truth; day by + day I have preached it in your ears and you have not listened, though many + among you have listened and understood. What is it that you seek?” + </p> + <p> + “We seek, Messenger, to be rid of you, your fantasies and your religion; + and we demand that our king should expel you and restore the ancient laws, + or failing this, that you should prove your power openly before us all. + Your word, O King!” + </p> + <p> + Umsuka thought for a while and answered:— + </p> + <p> + “This is my word, Hokosa: I will not drive the Messenger from the land, + for he is a good man; he saved my life, and there is virtue in his + teaching, towards which I myself incline. Yet it is just that he should be + asked to prove his power, so that an end may be put to doubt and all of us + may learn what god we are to worship.” + </p> + <p> + “How can I prove my power,” asked Owen, “further than I have proved it + already? Does Hokosa desire to set up his god against my God—the + false against the true?” + </p> + <p> + “I do,” answered the wizard with passion, “and according to the issue let + the judgment be. Let us halt no longer between two opinions, let us become + wholly Christian or rest wholly heathen, for to be divided is to be + destroyed. The magic of the Messenger is great; once and for all let us + learn if it is more than our magic. Let us put him and his doctrines to + the trial by fire.” + </p> + <p> + “What is the trial by fire?” asked Owen. + </p> + <p> + “You have seen something of it, White Man, but not much. This is the trial + by fire: to stand yonder before the face of the god of thunder when a + great tempest rages—not such a storm as you saw, but a storm that + splits the heavens—and to come thence unscathed. Listen: I who am a + ‘heaven-herd,’ I who know the signs of the weather, tell you that within + two days such a tempest as this will break upon us. Then White Man, I and + my companions will be ready to meet you on the plain. Take the cross by + which you swear and set it up yonder and stand by it, and with you your + converts, Nodwengo the prince, and this man whom you have named John, if + they dare to go. Over against you, around the symbol of the god by which + we swear, will stand I and my company, and we will pray our god and you + shall pray your God. Then the storm will break upon us, and when it is + ended we shall learn which of us remain alive. If you and your cross are + shattered, to us will be the victory; if we are laid low, take it for your + own. Your judgment, King!” + </p> + <p> + Again Umsuka thought and answered:— + </p> + <p> + “So be it. Messenger, hear me. There is no need for you to accept this + challenge; but if you will not accept it, then go from my country in + peace, taking with you those who cleave to you. If on the other hand you + do accept it, these shall be the stakes: that if you pass the trial + unharmed, and the fire-doctors are swept away, your creed shall be my + creed and the creed of the land; but if the fire-doctors prevail against + you, then it shall be death or banishment to any who profess that creed. + Now choose!” + </p> + <p> + “I have chosen,” said Owen. “I will meet Hokosa and his company on the + Place of fire whenever he may appoint, but for the others I cannot say.” + </p> + <p> + “We will come with you,” said Nodwengo and John, with one voice; “where + you go, Messenger, we will surely follow.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0010" id="link2HCH0010"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER X + </h2> + <h3> + THE SECOND TRIAL BY FIRE + </h3> + <p> + When this momentous discussion was finished, as usual Owen preached before + the king, expounding the Scriptures and taking for his subject the duty of + faith. As he went back to his hut he saw that the snake which John had + killed had been set upon a pole in that part of the Great Place which + served as a market, and that hundreds of natives were gathered beneath it + gesticulating and talking excitedly. + </p> + <p> + “See the work of Hokosa,” he thought to himself. “Moses set up a serpent + to save the people; yonder wizard sets up one to destroy them.” + </p> + <p> + That evening Owen had no heart for his labours, for his mind was heavy at + the prospect of the trial which lay before him. Not that he cared for his + own life, for of this he scarcely thought; it was the prospects of his + cause which troubled him. It seemed much to expect that Heaven again + should throw over him the mantle of its especial protection, and yet if it + did not do so there was an end of his mission among the People of Fire. + Well, he did not seek this trial—he would have avoided it if he + could, but it had been thrust upon him, and he was forced to choose + between it and the abandonment of the work which he had undertaken with + such high hopes and pushed so far toward success. He did not choose the + path, it had been pointed out to him to walk upon; and if it ended in a + precipice, at least he would have done his best. + </p> + <p> + As he thought thus John entered the hut, panting. + </p> + <p> + “What is the matter?” Owen asked. + </p> + <p> + “Father, the people saw and pursued me because of the death of that + accursed snake. Had I not run fast and escaped them, I think they would + have killed me.” + </p> + <p> + “At least you have escaped, John; so be comforted and return thanks.” + </p> + <p> + “Father,” said the man presently, “I know that you are great, and can do + many wonderful things, but have you in truth power over lightning?” + </p> + <p> + “Why do you ask?” + </p> + <p> + “Because a great tempest is brewing, and if you have not we shall + certainly be killed when we stand yonder on the Place of Fire.” + </p> + <p> + “John,” he said, “I cannot speak to the lightning in a voice which it can + hear. I cannot say to it ‘go yonder,’ or ‘come hither,’ but He Who made it + can do so. Why do you tempt me with your doubts? Have I not told you the + story of Elijah the prophet and the priests of Baal? Did Elijah’s Master + forsake him, and shall He forsake us? Also this is certain, that all the + medicine of Hokosa and his wizards will not turn a lightning flash by the + breadth of a single hair. God alone can turn it, and for the sake of His + cause among these people I believe that He will do so.” + </p> + <p> + Thus Owen spoke on till, in reproving the weakness of another, he felt his + own faith come back to him and, remembering the past and how he had been + preserved in it, the doubt and trouble went out of his mind to return no + more. + </p> + <p> + The third day—the day of trial—came. For sixty hours or more + the heat of the weather had been intense; indeed, during all that time the + thermometer in Owen’s hut, notwithstanding the protection of a thick + hatch, had shown the temperature to vary between a maximum of 113 and a + minimum of 101 degrees. Now, in the early morning, it stood at 108. + </p> + <p> + “Will the storm break to-day?” asked Owen of Nodwengo, who came to visit + him. + </p> + <p> + “They say so, Messenger, and I think it by the feel of the air. If so, it + will be a very great storm, for the heaven is full of fire. Already Hokosa + and the doctors are at their rites upon the plain yonder, but there will + be no need to join them till two hours after midday.” + </p> + <p> + “Is the cross ready?” asked Owen. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and set up. It is a heavy cross; six men could scarcely carry it. + Oh! Messenger, I am not afraid—and yet, have you no medicine? If + not, I fear that the lightning will fall upon the cross as it fell upon + the pole and then——” + </p> + <p> + “Listen, Nodwengo,” said Owen, “I know a medicine, but I will not use it. + You see that waggon chain? Were one end of it buried in the ground and the + other with a spear blade made fast to it hung to the top of the cross, we + could live out the fiercest storm in safety. But I say that I will not use + it. Are we witch doctors that we should take refuge in tricks? No, let + faith be our shield, and if it fail us, then let us die. Pray now with me + that it may not fail us.” + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + It was afternoon. All round the Field of Fire were gathered thousands upon + thousands of the people of the Amasuka. The news of this duel between the + God of the white man and their god had travelled far and wide, and even + the very aged who could scarcely crawl and the little ones who must be + carried were collected there to see the issue. Nor had they need to fear + disappointment, for already the sky was half hidden by dense + thunder-clouds piled ridge on ridge, and the hush of the coming tempest + lay upon the earth. Round about the meteor stone which they called a god, + each of them stirring a little gourd of medicine that was placed upon the + ground before him, but uttering no word, were gathered Hokosa and his + followers to the number of twenty. They were all of them arrayed in their + snakeskin dresses and other wizard finery. Also each man held in his hand + a wand fashioned from a human thigh-bone. In front of the stone burned a + little fire, which now and again Hokosa fed with aromatic leaves, at the + same time pouring medicine from his bowl upon the holy stone. Opposite the + symbol of the god, but at a good distance from it, a great cross of white + wood was set up in the rock by a spot which the witch-doctors themselves + had chosen. Upon the banks of the stream, in the place apart, were the + king, his councillors and the regiment on guard, and with them Owen, the + Prince Nodwengo and John. + </p> + <p> + “The storm will be fierce,” said the king uneasily, glancing at the + western sky, upon whose bosom the blue lightnings played with an incessant + flicker. Then he bade those about him stand back, and calling Owen and the + prince to him, said: “Messenger, my son tells me that your wisdom knows a + plan whereby you may be preserved from the fury of the tempest. Use it, I + pray of you, Messenger, that your life may be saved, and with it the life + of the only son who is left to me.” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot,” answered Owen, “for thus by doubting Him I should tempt my + Master. Still, it is not laid upon the prince to accompany through this + trial. Let him stay here, and I alone will stand beneath the cross.” + </p> + <p> + “Stay, Nodwengo,” implored the old man. + </p> + <p> + “I did not think to live to hear my father bid me, one of the royal blood + of the Amasuka, to desert my captain in the hour of battle and hide myself + in the grass like a woman,” answered the prince with a bitter smile. “Nay, + it may be that death awaits me yonder, but nothing except death shall keep + me back from the venture.” + </p> + <p> + “It is well spoken,” said the king; “be it as you will.” + </p> + <p> + Now the company of wizards, leaving their medicine-pots upon the ground, + formed themselves in a treble line, and marching to where the king stood, + they saluted him. Then they sang the praises of their god, and in a song + that had been prepared, heaped insult upon the God of the white man and + upon the messenger who preached Him. To all of this Owen listened in + silence. + </p> + <p> + “He is a coward!” cried their spokesman; “he has not a word to say. He + skulks there in his white robes behind the majesty of the king. Let him go + forth and stand by his piece of wood. He dare not go! He thinks the + hillside safer. Come out, little White Man, and we will show you how we + manage the lightnings. Ah! they shall fly about you like spears in battle. + You shall throw yourself upon the ground and shriek in terror, and then + they will lick you up and you shall be no more, and there will be an end + of you and the symbol of your God.” + </p> + <p> + “Cease your boastings,” said the king shortly, “and get you back to your + place, knowing that if it should chance that the white man conquers you + will be called upon to answer for these words.” + </p> + <p> + “We shall be ready, O King,” they cried; and amidst the cheers of the vast + audience they marched back to their station, still singing the blasphemous + mocking song. + </p> + <p> + Now to the west all the heavens were black as night, though the eastern + sky still showed blue and cloudless. Nature lay oppressed with silence—silence + intense and unnatural; and so great was the heat that the air danced + visibly above the ironstone as it dances about a glowing stove. Suddenly + the quietude was broken by a moaning sound of wind; the grass stirred, the + leaves of the trees began to shiver, and an icy breath beat upon Owen’s + brow. + </p> + <p> + “Let us be going,” he said, and lifting the ivory crucifix above his head, + he passed the stream and walked towards the wooden cross. After him came + the Prince Nodwengo, wearing his royal dress of leopard skin, and after + him, John, arrayed in a linen robe. + </p> + <p> + As the little procession appeared to their view some of the soldiers began + to mock, but almost instantly the laughter died away. Rude as they were, + these savages understood that here was no occasion for their mirth, that + the three men indeed seemed clothed with a curious dignity. Perhaps it was + their slow and quiet gait, perhaps a sense of the errand upon which they + were bound; or it may have been the strange unearthly light that fell upon + them from over the edge of the storm cloud; at the least, as the multitude + became aware, their appearance was impressive. They reached the cross and + took up their stations there, Owen in front of it, Nodwengo to the right, + and John to the left. + </p> + <p> + Now a sharp squall of strong wind swept across the space, and with it came + a flaw of rain. It passed by, and the storm that had been muttering and + growling in the distance began to burst. The great clouds seemed to grow + and swell, and from the breast of them swift lightnings leapt, to be met + by other lightnings rushing upwards from the earth. The air was filled + with a tumult of uncertain wind and a hiss as of distant rain. Then the + batteries of thunder were opened, and the world shook with their volume. + Down from on high the flashes fell blinding and incessant, and by the + light of them the fire-doctors could be seen running to and fro, pointing + now here and now there with their wands of human bones, and pouring the + medicines from their gourds upon the ground and upon each other. Owen and + his two companions could be seen also, standing quietly with clasped + hands, while above them towered the tall white cross. + </p> + <p> + At length the storm was straight over head. Slowly it advanced in its + awe-inspiring might as flash after flash, each more fantastic and horrible + than the last, smote upon the floor of ironstone. It played about the + shapes of the doctors, who in the midst of it looked like devils in an + inferno. It crept onwards towards the station of the cross, but—<i>it + never reached the cross</i>. + </p> + <p> + One flash struck indeed within fifty paces of where Owen stood. Then of a + sudden a marvel happened, or something which to this day the People of + Fire talk of as a marvel, for in an instant the rain began to pour like a + wall of water stretching from earth to heaven, and the wind changed. It + had been blowing from the west, now it blew from the east with the force + of a gale. + </p> + <p> + It blew and rolled the tempest back upon itself, causing it to return to + the regions whence it had gathered. At the very foot of the cross its + march was stayed; there was the water-line, as straight as if it had been + drawn with a rule. The thunder-clouds that were pressed forward met the + clouds that were pressed back, and together they seemed to come to earth, + filling the air with a gloom so dense that the eye could not pierce it. To + the west was a wall of blackness towering to the heavens; to the east, + light, blue and unholy, gleamed upon the white cross and the figures of + its watchers. + </p> + <p> + For some seconds—twenty or more—there was a lull, and then it + seemed as though all hell had broken loose upon the world. The wall of + blackness became a wall of flame, in which strange and ardent shapes + appeared ascending and descending; the thunder bellowed till the mountains + rocked, and in one last blaze, awful and indescribable, the skies melted + into a deluge of fire. In the flare of it Owen thought that he saw the + figures of men falling this way and that, then he staggered against the + cross for support and his senses failed him. + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + When they returned again, he perceived the storm being drawn back from the + face of the pale earth like a pall from the face of the dead, and he heard + a murmur of fear and wonder rising from ten thousand throats. + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + Well might they fear and wonder, for of the twenty and one wizards eleven + were dead, four were paralysed by shock, five were flying in their terror, + and one, Hokosa himself, stood staring at the fallen, a very picture of + despair. Nor was this all, for the meteor stone with a human shape which + for generations the People of Fire had worshipped as a god, lay upon the + plain in fused and shattered fragments. + </p> + <p> + The people saw, and a sound as of a hollow groan of terror went up from + them. Then they were silent. For a while Owen and his companions were + silent also, since their hearts were too full for speech. Then he said:— + </p> + <p> + “As the snake fell harmless from the hand of Paul, so has the lightning + turned back from me, who strive to follow in his footsteps, working death + and dismay among those who would have harmed us. May forgiveness be theirs + who were without understanding. Brethren, let us return and make report to + the king.” + </p> + <p> + Now, as they had come, so they went back; first Owen with the crucifix, + next to him Nodwengo, and last of the three John. They drew near to the + king, when suddenly, moved by a common impulse, the thousands of the + people upon the banks of the stream with one accord threw themselves upon + their knees before Owen, calling him God and offering him worship. + Infected by the contagion, Umsuka, his guard and his councillors followed + their example, so that of all the multitude Hokosa alone remained upon his + feet, standing by his dishonoured and riven deity. + </p> + <p> + “Rise!” cried Owen aghast. “Would you do sacrilege, and offer worship to a + man? Rise, I command you!” + </p> + <p> + Then the king rose, saying:— + </p> + <p> + “You are no man, Messenger, you are a spirit.” + </p> + <p> + “He is a spirit,” repeated the multitude after him. + </p> + <p> + “I am <i>not</i> a spirit, I am yet a man,” cried Owen again, “but the + Spirit Whom I serve has made His power manifest in me His servant, and + your idols are smitten with the sword of His power, O ye Sons of Fire! + Hokosa still lives, let him be brought hither.” + </p> + <p> + They fetched Hokosa, and he stood before them. + </p> + <p> + “You have seen, Wizard,” said the king. “What have you to say?” + </p> + <p> + “Nothing,” answered Hokosa, “save that victory is to the Cross, and to the + white man who preaches it, for his magic is greater than our magic. By his + command the tempest was stayed, and the boasts we hurled fell back upon + our heads and the head of our god to destroy us.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said the king, “victory is to the Cross, and henceforth the Cross + shall be worshipped in this land, or at least no other god shall be + worshipped. Let us be going. Come with me, Messenger, Lord of the + Lightning.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0011" id="link2HCH0011"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XI + </h2> + <h3> + THE WISDOM OF THE DEAD + </h3> + <p> + On the morrow Owen baptised the king, many of his councillors, and some + twenty others whom he considered fit to receive the rite. Also he + despatched his first convert John, with other messengers, on a three + months’ journey to the coast, giving them letters acquainting the bishop + and others with his marvellous success, and praying that missionaries + might be sent to assist him in his labours. + </p> + <p> + Now day by day the Church grew till it numbered hundreds of souls, and + thousands more hovered on its threshold. From dawn to dark Owen toiled, + preaching, exhorting, confessing, gathering in his harvest; and from dark + to midnight he pored over his translation of the Scriptures, teaching + Nodwengo and a few others how to read and write them. But although his + efforts were crowned with so signal and extraordinary a triumph, he was + well aware of the dangers that threatened the life of the infant Church. + Many accepted it indeed, and still more tolerated it; but there remained + multitudes who regarded the new religion with suspicion and veiled hatred. + Nor was this strange, seeing that the hearts of men are not changed in an + hour or their ancient customs easily overset. + </p> + <p> + On one point, indeed, Owen had to give way. The Amasuka were a polygamous + people; all their law and traditions were interwoven with polygamy, and to + abolish that institution suddenly and with violence would have brought + their social fabric to the ground. Now, as he knew well, the missionary + Church declares in effect that no man can be both a Christian and a + polygamist; therefore among the followers of that custom the missionary + Church makes but little progress. Not without many qualms and hesitations, + Owen, having only the Scriptures to consult, came to a compromise with his + converts. If a man already married to more than one wife wished to become + a Christian, he permitted him to do so upon the condition that he took no + more wives; while a man unmarried at the time of his conversion might take + one wife only. This decree, liberal as it was, caused great + dissatisfaction among both men and women. But it was as nothing compared + to the feeling that was evoked by Owen’s preaching against all war not + undertaken in self-defence, and against the strict laws which he prevailed + upon the king to pass, suppressing the practice of wizardry, and declaring + the chief or doctor who caused a man to be “smelt out” and killed upon + charges of witchcraft to be guilty of murder. + </p> + <p> + At first whenever Owen went abroad he was surrounded by thousands of + people who followed him in the expectation that he would work miracles, + which, after his exploits with the lightning, they were well persuaded + that he could do if he chose. But he worked no more miracles; he only + preached to them a doctrine adverse to their customs and foreign to their + thoughts. + </p> + <p> + So it came about that in time, when the novelty was gone off and the story + of his victory over the Fire-god had grown stale, although the work of + conversion went on steadily, many of the people grew weary of the white + man and his doctrines. Soon this weariness found expression in various + ways, and in none more markedly than by the constant desertions from the + ranks of the king’s regiments. At first, by Owen’s advice, the king + tolerated these desertions; but at length, having obtained information + that an entire regiment purposed absconding at dawn, he caused it to be + surrounded and seized by night. Next morning he addressed that regiment, + saying:— + </p> + <p> + “Soldiers, you think that because I have become a Christian and will not + permit unnecessary bloodshed, I am also become a fool. I will teach you + otherwise. One man in every twenty of you shall be killed, and henceforth + any soldier who attempts to desert will be killed also!” + </p> + <p> + The order was carried out, for Owen could not find a word to say against + it, with the result that desertions almost ceased, though not before the + king had lost some eight or nine thousand of his best soldiers. Worst of + all, these soldiers had gone to join Hafela in his mountain fastnesses; + and the rumour grew that ere long they would appear again, to claim the + crown for him or to take it by force of arms. + </p> + <p> + Now too a fresh complication arose. The old king sickened of his last + illness, and soon it became known that he must die. A month later die he + did, passing away peacefully in Owen’s arms, and with his last breath + exhorting his people to cling to the Christian religion; to take Nodwengo + for their king and to be faithful to him. + </p> + <p> + The king died, and that same day was buried by Owen in the gloomy + resting-place of the blood-royal of the People of Fire, where a Christian + priest now set foot for the first time. + </p> + <p> + On the morrow Nodwengo was proclaimed king with much ceremony in face of + the people and of all the army that remained to him. One captain raised a + cry for Hafela his brother. Nodwengo caused him to be seized and brought + before him. + </p> + <p> + “Man,” he said, “on this my coronation day I will not stain my hand with + blood. Listen. You cry upon Hafela, and to Hafela you shall go, taking him + this message. Tell him that I, Nodwengo, have succeeded to the crown of + Umsuka, my father, by his will and the will of the people. Tell him it is + true that I have become a Christian, and that Christians follow not after + war but peace. Tell him, however, that though I am a Christian I have not + forgotten how to fight or how to rule. It has reached my ears that it is + his purpose to attack me with a great force which he is gathering, and to + possess himself of my throne. If he should choose to come, I shall be + ready to meet him; but I counsel him against coming, for it will be to + find his death. Let him stay where he is in peace, and be my subject; or + let him go afar with those that cleave to him, and set up a kingdom of his + own, for then I shall not follow him; but let him not dare to lift a spear + against me, his sovereign, since if he does so he shall be treated as a + rebel and find the doom of a rebel. Begone, and show your face here no + more!” + </p> + <p> + The man crept away crestfallen; but all who heard that speech broke into + cheering, which, as its purport was repeated from rank to rank, spread far + and wide; for now the army learned that in becoming a Christian, Nodwengo + had not become a woman. Of this indeed he soon gave them ample proof. The + old king’s grip upon things had been lax, that of Nodwengo was like iron. + He practised no cruelties, and did injustice to none; but his discipline + was severe, and soon the regiments were brought to a greater pitch of + proficiency than they had ever reached before, although they were now + allowed to marry when they pleased, a boon that hitherto had been denied + to them. Moreover, by Owen’s help, he designed an entirely new system of + fortification of the kraal and surrounding hills, which would, it was + thought, make the place impregnable. These and many other acts, equally + vigorous and far-seeing, put new heart into the nation. Also the report of + them put fear into Hafela, who, it was rumoured, had now given up all idea + of attack. + </p> + <p> + Some there were, however, who looked upon these changes with little love, + and Hokosa was one of them. After his defeat in the duel by fire, for a + while his spirit was crushed. Hitherto he had more or less been a believer + in the protecting influence of his own god or fetish, who would, as he + thought, hold his priests scatheless from the lightning. Often and often + had he stood in past days upon that plain while the great tempests broke + around his head, and returned thence unharmed, attributing to sorcery a + safety that was really due to chance. From time to time indeed a priest + was killed; but, so his companions held, the misfortune resulted + invariably from the man’s neglect of some rite, or was a mark of the anger + of the heavens. + </p> + <p> + Now Hokosa had lived to see all these convictions shattered: he had seen + the lightning, which he pretended to be able to control, roll back upon + him from the foot of the Christian cross, reducing his god to nothingness + and his companions to corpses. + </p> + <p> + At first Hokosa was dismayed, but as time went on hope came back to him. + Stripped of his offices and power, and from the greatest in the nation, + after the king, become one of small account, still no harm or violence was + attempted towards him. He was left wealthy and in peace, and living thus + he watched and listened with open eyes and ears, waiting till the tide + should turn. It seemed that he would not have long to wait, for reasons + that have been told. + </p> + <p> + “Why do you sit here like a vulture on a rock,” asked the girl Noma, whom + he had taken to wife, “when you might be yonder with Hafela, preparing him + by your wisdom for the coming war?” + </p> + <p> + “Because I am a king-vulture, and I wait for the sick bull to die,” he + answered, pointing to the Great Place beneath him. “Say, why should I + bring Hafela to prey upon a carcase I have marked down for my own?” + </p> + <p> + “Now you speak well,” said Noma; “the bull suffers from a strange disease, + and when he is dead another must lead the herd.” + </p> + <p> + “That is so,” answered her husband, “and, therefore, I am patient.” + </p> + <p> + It was shortly after this conversation that the old king died, with + results very different from those which Hokosa had anticipated. Although + he was a Christian, to his surprise Nodwengo showed that he was also a + strong ruler, and that there was little chance of the sceptre slipping + from his hand—none indeed while the white teacher was there to guide + him. + </p> + <p> + “What will you do now, Hokosa?” asked Noma his wife upon a certain day. + “Will you turn to Hafela after all?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered Hokosa; “I will consult my ancient lore. Listen. Whatever + else is false, this is true: that magic exists, and I am its master. For a + while it seemed to me that the white man was greater at the art than I am; + but of late I have watched him and listened to his doctrines, and I + believe that this is not so. It is true that in the beginning he read my + plans in a dream, or otherwise; it is true that he hurled the lightning + back upon my head; but I hold that these things were accidents. Again and + again he has told us that he is not a wizard; and if this be so, he can be + overcome.” + </p> + <p> + “How, husband?” + </p> + <p> + “How? By wizardry. This very night, Noma, with your help I will consult + the dead, as I have done in bygone time, and learn the future from their + lips which cannot lie.” + </p> + <p> + “So be it; though the task is hateful to me, and I hate you who force me + to it.” + </p> + <p> + Noma answered thus with passion, but her eyes shone as she spoke: for + those who have once tasted the cup of magic are ever drawn to drink of it + again, even when they fear the draught. + </p> + <p> + **** + </p> + <p> + It was midnight, and Hokosa with his wife stood in the burying-ground of + the kings of the Amasuka. Before Owen came upon his mission it was death + to visit this spot except upon the occasion of the laying to rest of one + of the royal blood, or to offer the annual sacrifice to the spirits of the + dead. Even beneath the bright moon that shone upon it the place seemed + terrible. Here in the bosom of the hills was an amphitheatre, surrounded + by walls of rock varying from five hundred to a thousand feet in height. + In this amphitheatre grew great mimosa thorns, and above them towered + pillars of granite, set there not by the hand of man but by nature. It + would seem that the Amasuka, led by some fine instinct, had chosen these + columns as fitting memorials of their kings, at the least a departed + monarch lay at the foot of each of them. + </p> + <p> + The smallest of these unhewn obelisks—it was about fifty feet high—marked + the resting-place of Umsuka; and deep into its granite Owen with his own + hand had cut the dead king’s name and date of death, surmounting his + inscription with a symbol of the cross. + </p> + <p> + Towards this pillar Hokosa made his way through the wet grass, followed by + Noma his wife. Presently they were there, standing one upon each side of a + little mound of earth more like an ant-heap than a grave; for, after the + custom of his people, Umsuka had been buried sitting. At the foot of each + of the pillars rose a heap of similar shape, but many times as large. The + kings who slept there were accompanied to their resting-places by numbers + of their wives and servants, who had been slain in solemn sacrifice that + they might attend their Lord whithersoever he should wander. + </p> + <p> + “What is that you desire and would do?” asked Noma, in a hushed voice. + Bold as she was, the place and the occasion awed her. + </p> + <p> + “I desire wisdom from the dead!” he answered. “Have I not already told + you, and can I not win it with your help?” + </p> + <p> + “What dead, husband?” + </p> + <p> + “Umsuka the king. Ah! I served him living, and at the last he drove me + away from his side. Now he shall serve me, and out of the nowhere I will + call him back to mine.” + </p> + <p> + “Will not this symbol defeat you?” and Noma pointed at the cross hewn in + the granite. + </p> + <p> + At her words a sudden gust of rage seemed to shake the wizard. His still + eyes flashed, his lips turned livid, and with them he spat upon the cross. + </p> + <p> + “It has no power,” he said. “May it be accursed, and may he who believes + therein hang thereon! It has no power; but even if it had, according to + the tale of that white liar, such things as I would do have been done + beneath its shadow. By it the dead have been raised—ay! dead kings + have been dragged from death and forced to tell the secrets of the grave. + Come, come, let us to the work.” + </p> + <p> + “What must I do, husband?” + </p> + <p> + “You shall sit you there, even as a corpse sits, and there for a little + while you shall die—yes, your spirit shall leave you—and I + will fill your body with the soul of him who sleeps beneath; and through + your lips I will learn his wisdom, to whom all things are known.” + </p> + <p> + “It is terrible! I am afraid!” she said. “Cannot this be done otherwise?” + </p> + <p> + “It cannot,” he answered. “The spirits of the dead have no shape or form; + they are invisible, and can speak only in dreams or through the lips of + one in whose pulses life still lingers, though soul and body be already + parted. Have no fear. Ere his ghost leaves you it shall recall your own, + which till the corpse is cold stays ever close at hand. I did not think to + find a coward in you, Noma.” + </p> + <p> + “I am not a coward, as you know well,” she answered passionately, “for + many a deed of magic have we dared together in past days. But this is + fearsome, to die that my body may become the home of the ghost of a dead + man, who perchance, having entered it, will abide there, leaving my spirit + houseless, or perchance will shut up the doors of my heart in such fashion + that they never can be opened. Can it not be done by trance as aforetime? + Tell me, Hokosa, how often have you thus talked with the dead?” + </p> + <p> + “Thrice, Noma.” + </p> + <p> + “And what chanced to them through whom you talked?” + </p> + <p> + “Two lived and took no harm; the third died, because the awakening + medicine lacked power. Yet fear nothing; that which I have with me is of + the best. Noma, you know my plight: I must win wisdom or fall for ever, + and you alone can help me; for under this new rule, I can no longer buy a + youth or maid for purposes of witchcraft, even if one could be found + fitted to the work. Choose then: shall we go back or forward? Here trance + will not help us; for those entranced cannot read the future, nor can they + hold communion with the dead, being but asleep. Choose, Noma.” + </p> + <p> + “I have chosen,” she answered. “Never yet have I turned my back upon a + venture, nor will I do so now. Come life, come death, I will submit me to + your wish, though there are few women who would dare as much for any man. + Nor in truth do I do this for you, Hokosa; I do it because I seek power, + and thus only can we win it who are fallen. Also I love all things + strange, and desire to commune with the dead and to know that, if for some + few minutes only, at least my woman’s breast has held the spirit of a + king. Yet, I warn you, make no fault in your magic; for should I die + beneath it, then I, who desire to live on and to be great, will haunt you + and be avenged upon you!” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! Noma,” he said, “if I believed that there was any danger for you, + should I ask you to suffer this thing?—I, who love you more even + than you love power, more than my life, more than anything that is or ever + can be.” + </p> + <p> + “I know it, and it is to that I trust,” the woman answered. “Now begin, + before my courage leaves me.” + </p> + <p> + “Good,” he said. “Seat yourself there upon the mound, resting your head + against the stone.” + </p> + <p> + She obeyed; and taking thongs of hide which he had made ready, Hokosa + bound her wrists and ankles, as these people bind the wrists and ankles of + corpses. Then he knelt before her, staring into her face with his solemn + eyes and muttering: “Obey and sleep.” + </p> + <p> + Presently her limbs relaxed, and her head fell forward. + </p> + <p> + “Do you sleep?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “I sleep. Whither shall I go? It is the true sleep—test me.” + </p> + <p> + “Pass to the house of the white man, my rival. Are you with him?” + </p> + <p> + “I am with him.” + </p> + <p> + “What does he?” + </p> + <p> + “He lies in slumber on his bed, and in his slumber he mutters the name of + a woman, and tells her that he loves her, but that duty is more than love. + Oh! call me back I cannot stay; a Presence guards him, and thrusts me + thence.” + </p> + <p> + “Return,” said Hokosa starting. “Pass through the earth beneath you and + tell me what you see.” + </p> + <p> + “I see the body of the king; but were it not for his royal ornaments none + would know him now.” + </p> + <p> + “Return,” said Hokosa, “and let the eyes of your spirit be open. Look + around you and tell me what you see.” + </p> + <p> + “I see the shadows of the dead,” she answered; “they stand about you, + gazing at you with angry eyes; but when they come near you, something + drives them back, and I cannot understand what it is they say.” + </p> + <p> + “Is the ghost of Umsuka among them?” + </p> + <p> + “It is among them.” + </p> + <p> + “Bid him prophesy the future to me.” + </p> + <p> + “I have bidden him, but he does not answer. If you would hear him speak, + it must be through the lips of my body; and first my body must be emptied + of my ghost, that his may find a place therein.” + </p> + <p> + “Say, can his spirit be compelled?” + </p> + <p> + “It can be compelled, or that part of it which still hover near this spot, + if you dare to speak the words you know. But first its house must be made + ready. Then the words must be spoken, and all must be done before a man + can count three hundred; for should the blood begin to clot about my + heart, it will be still for ever.” + </p> + <p> + “Hearken,” said Hokosa. “When the medicine that I shall give does its + work, and the spirit is loosened from your body, let it not go afar, no, + whatever tempts or threatens it, and suffer not that the death-cord be + severed, lest flesh and ghost be parted for ever.” + </p> + <p> + “I hear, and I obey. Be swift, for I grow weary.” + </p> + <p> + Then Hokosa took from his pouch two medicines: one a paste in a box, the + other a fluid in a gourd. Taking of the paste he knelt upon the grave + before the entranced woman and swiftly smeared it upon the mucous membrane + of the mouth and throat. Also he thrust pellets of it into the ears, the + nostrils, and the corners of the eyes. + </p> + <p> + The effect was almost instantaneous. A change came over the girl’s lovely + face, the last awful change of death. Her cheeks fell in, her chin + dropped, her eyes opened, and her flesh quivered convulsively. The wizard + saw it all by the bright moonlight. Then he took up his part in this + unholy drama. + </p> + <p> + All that he did cannot be described, because it is indescribable. The + Witch of Endor repeated no formula, but she raised the dead; and so did + Hokosa the wizard. But he buried his face in the grey dust of the grave, + he blew with his lips into the dust, he clutched at the dust with his + hands, and when he raised his face again, lo! it was grey like the dust. + Now began the marvel; for, though the woman before him remained a corpse, + from the lips of that corpse a voice issued, and its sound was horrible, + for the accent and tone of it were masculine, and the instrument through + which it spoke—Noma’s throat—was feminine. Yet it could be + recognised as the voice of Umsuka the dead king. + </p> + <p> + “Why have you summoned me from my rest, Hokosa?” muttered the voice from + the lips of the huddled corpse. + </p> + <p> + “Because I would learn the future, Spirit of the king,” answered the + wizard boldly, but saluting as he spoke. “You are dead, and to your sight + all the Gates are opened. By the power that I have, I command you to show + me what you see therein concerning myself, and to point out to me the path + that I should follow to attain my ends and the ends of her in whose breast + you dwell.” + </p> + <p> + At once the answer came, always in the same horrible voice:— + </p> + <p> + “Hearken to your fate for this world, Hokosa the wizard. You shall triumph + over your rival, the white man, the messenger; and by your hand he shall + perish, passing to his appointed place where you must meet again. By that + to which you cling you shall be betrayed, ah! you shall lose that which + you love and follow after that which you do not desire. In the grave of + error you shall find truth, from the deeps of sin you shall pluck + righteousness. When these words fall upon your ears again, then, Wizard, + take them for a sign and let your heart be turned. That which you deem + accursed shall lift you up on high. High shall you be set above the nation + and its king, and from age to age the voice of the people shall praise + you. Yet in the end comes judgment; and there shall the sin and the + atonement strive together, and in that hour, Wizard, you shall——” + </p> + <p> + Thus the voice spoke, strongly at first, but growing ever more feeble as + the sparks of life departed from the body of the woman, till at length it + ceased altogether. + </p> + <p> + “What shall chance to me in that hour?” Hokosa asked eagerly, placing his + ears against Noma’s lips. + </p> + <p> + No answer came; and the wizard knew that if he would drag his wife back + from the door of death he must delay no longer. Dashing the sweat from his + eyes with one hand, with the other he seized the gourd of fluid that he + had placed ready, and thrusting back her head, he poured of its contents + down her throat and waited a while. She did not move. In an extremity of + terror he snatched a knife, and with a single cut severed a vein in her + arm, then taking some of the fluid that remained in the gourd in his hand, + he rubbed it roughly upon her brow and throat and heart. Now Noma’s + fingers stirred, and now, with horrible contortions and every symptom of + agony, life returned to her. The blood flowed from her wounded arm, slowly + at first, then more fast, and lifting her head she spoke. + </p> + <p> + “Take me hence,” she cried, “or I shall go mad; for I have seen and heard + things too terrible to be spoken!” + </p> + <p> + “What have you seen and heard?” he asked, while he cut the thongs which + bound her wrists and feet. + </p> + <p> + “I do not know,” Noma answered weeping; “the vision of them passes from + me; but all the distances of death were open to my sight; yes, I travelled + through the distances of death. In them I met him who was the king, and he + lay cold within me, speaking to my heart; and as he passed from me he + looked upon the child which I shall bear and cursed it, and surely + accursed it shall be. Take me hence, O you most evil man, for of your + magic I have had enough, and from this day forth I am haunted!” + </p> + <p> + “Have no fear,” answered Hokosa; “you have made the journey whence but few + return; and yet, as I promised you, you have returned to wear the + greatness you desire and that I sent you forth to win; for henceforth we + shall be great. Look, the dawn is breaking—the dawn of life and the + dawn of power—and the mists of death and of disgrace roll back + before us. Now the path is clear, the dead have shown it to me, and of + wizardry I shall need no more.” + </p> + <p> + “Ay!” answered Noma, “but night follows dawn as the dawn follows night; + and through the darkness and the daylight, I tell you, Wizard, henceforth + I am haunted! Also, be not so sure, for though I know not what the dead + have spoken to you, yet it lingers on my mind that their words have many + meanings. Nay, speak to me no more, but let us fly from this dread home of + ghosts, this habitation of the spirit-folk which we have violated.” + </p> + <p> + So the wizard and his wife crept from that solemn place, and as they went + they saw the dawn-beams lighting upon the white cross that was reared in + the Plain of Fire. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0012" id="link2HCH0012"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XII + </h2> + <h3> + THE MESSAGE OF HOKOSA + </h3> + <p> + The weeks passed by, and Hokosa sat in his kraal weaving a great plot. + None suspected him any more, for though he did not belong to it, he was + heard to speak well of the new faith, and to acknowledge that the god of + fire which he had worshipped was a false god. He was humble also towards + the king, but he craved to withdraw himself from all matters of the State, + saying that now he had but one desire—to tend his herds and garden, + and to grow old in peace with the new wife whom he had chosen and whom he + loved. Owen, too, he greeted courteously when he met him, sending him + gifts of corn and cattle for the service of his church. Moreover, when a + messenger came from Hafela, making proposals to him, he drove him away and + laid the matter before the council of the king. Yet that messenger, who + was hunted from the kraal, took back a secret word for Hafela’s ear. + </p> + <p> + “It is not always winter,” was the word, “and it may chance that in the + springtime you shall hear from me.” And again, “Say to the Prince Hafela, + that though my face towards him is like a storm, yet behind the clouds the + sun shines ever.” + </p> + <p> + At length there came a day when Noma, his wife, was brought to bed. + Hokosa, her husband, tended her alone, and when the child was born he + groaned aloud and would not suffer her to look upon its face. Yet, lifting + herself, she saw. + </p> + <p> + “Did I not tell you it was accursed?” she wailed. “Take it away!” and she + sank back in a swoon. So he took the child, and buried it deep in the + cattle-yard by night. + </p> + <p> + After this it came about that Noma, who, though her mind owned the sway of + his, had never loved him over much, hated her husband Hokosa. Yet he had + this power over her that she could not leave him. But he loved her more + and more, and she had this power over him that she could always draw him + to her. Great as her beauty had ever been, after the birth of the child it + grew greater day by day, but it was an evil beauty, the beauty of a witch; + and this fate fell upon her, that she feared the dark and would never be + alone after the sun had set. + </p> + <p> + When she was recovered from her illness, Noma sat one night in her hut, + and Hokosa sat there also watching her. The evening was warm, but a bright + fire burned in the hut, and she crouched upon a stool by the fire, + glancing continually over her shoulder. + </p> + <p> + “Why do you bide by the fire, seeing that it is so hot, Noma?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Because I fear to be away from the light,” she answered; adding, “Oh, + accursed man! for your own ends you have caused me to be bewitched, ah! + and that which was born of me also, and bewitched I am by those shadows + that you bade me seek, which now will never leave me. Nor, is this all. + You swore to me that if I would do your will I should become great, ay! + and you took me from one who would have made me great and whom I should + have pushed on to victory. But now it seems that for nothing I made that + awful voyage into the deeps of death; and for nothing, yet living, am I + become the sport of those that dwell there. How am I greater than I was—I + who am but the second wife of a fallen witch-doctor, who sits in the sun, + day by day, while age gathers on his head like frost upon a bush? Where + are all your high schemes now? Where is the fruit of wisdom that I + gathered for you? Answer, Wizard, whom I have learned to hate, but from + whom I cannot escape!” + </p> + <p> + “Truly,” said Hokosa in a bitter voice, “for all my sins against them the + heavens have laid a heavy fate upon my head, that thus with flesh and + spirit I should worship a woman who loathes me. One comfort only is left + to me, that you dare not take my life lest another should be added to + those shadows who companion you, and what I bid you, that you must still + do. Ay, you fear the dark, Noma; yet did I command you to rise and go + stand alone through the long night yonder in the burying-place of kings, + why, you must obey. Come, I command you—go!” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, nay!” she wailed in an extremity of terror. Yet she rose and went + towards the door sideways, for her hands were outstretched in supplication + to him. + </p> + <p> + “Come back,” he said, “and listen: If a hunter has nurtured up a fierce + dog, wherewith alone he can gain his livelihood, he tries to tame that dog + by love, does he not? And if it will not become gentle, then, the brute + being necessary to him, he tames it by fear. I am the hunter and, Noma, + you are the hound; and since this curse is on me that I cannot live + without you, why I must master you as best I may. Yet, believe me, I would + not cause you fear or pain, and it saddens me that you should be haunted + by these sick fancies, for they are nothing more. I have seen such cases + before to-day, and I have noted that they can be cured by mixing with + fresh faces and travelling in new countries. Noma, I think it would be + well that, after your late sickness, according to the custom of the women + of our people, you should part from me a while, and go upon a journey of + purification.” + </p> + <p> + “Whither shall I go and who will go with me?” she asked sullenly. + </p> + <p> + “I will find you companions, women discreet and skilled. And as to where + you shall go, I will tell you. You shall go upon an embassy to the Prince + Hafela.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you not afraid that I should stop there?” she asked again, with a + flash of her eyes. “It is true that I never learned all the story, yet I + thought that the prince was not so glad to hand me back to you as you + would have had me to believe. The price you paid for me must have been + good, Hokosa, and mayhap it had to do with the death of a king.” + </p> + <p> + “I am not afraid,” he answered, setting his teeth, “because I know that + whatever your heart may desire, my will follows you, and while I live that + is a cord you cannot break unless I choose to loose it, Noma. I command + you to be faithful to me and to return to me, and these commands you must + obey. Hearken: you taunted me just now, saying that I sat like a dotard in + the sun and advanced you nothing. Well, I will advance you, for both our + sakes, but mostly for your own, since you desire it, and it must be done + through the Prince Hafela. I cannot leave this kraal, for day and night I + am watched, and before I had gone an hour’s journey I should be seized; + also here I have work to do. But the Place of Purification is secret, and + when you reach it you need not bide there, you can travel on into the + mountains till you come to the town of the Prince Hafela. He will receive + you gladly, and you shall whisper this message in his ear:— + </p> + <p> + “‘These are the words of Hokosa, my husband, which he has set in my mouth + to deliver to you, O Prince. Be guided by them and grow great; reject them + and die a wanderer, a little man of no account. But first, this is the + price that you shall swear by the sacred oath to pay to Hokosa, if his + wisdom finds favour in your sight and through it you come to victory: That + after you, the king, he, Hokosa, shall be the first man in our land, the + general of the armies, the captain of the council, the head of the + doctors, and that to him shall be given half the cattle of Nodwengo, who + now is king. Also to him shall be given power to stamp out the new faith + which overruns the land like a foreign weed, and to deal as he thinks fit + with those who cling thereto.’ + </p> + <p> + “Now, Noma, when he has sworn this oath in your ear, calling down ruin + upon his own head, should he break one word of it, and not before, you + shall continue the message thus: ‘These are the other words that Hokosa + set in my mouth: “Know, O Prince, that the king, your brother, grows very + strong, for he is a great soldier, who learned his art in bygone wars; + also the white man that is named Messenger has taught him many things as + to the building of forts and walls and the drilling and discipline of men. + So strong is he that you can scarcely hope to conquer him in open war—yet + snakes may crawl where men cannot walk. Therefore, Prince, let your part + be that of a snake. Do you send an embassy to the king, your brother and + say to him:— + </p> + <p> + “‘My brother, you have been preferred before me and set up to be king in + my place, and because of this my heart is bitter, so bitter that I have + gathered my strength to make war upon you. Yet, at the last, I have taken + another council, bethinking me that, if we fight, in the end it may chance + that neither of us will be left alive to rule, and that the people also + will be brought to nothing. To the north there lies a good country and a + wide, where but few men live, and thither I would go, setting the + mountains and the river between us; for there, far beyond your borders, I + also can be a king. Now, to reach this country, I must travel by the pass + that is not far from your Great Place, and I pray you that you will not + attack my <i>impis</i> or the women and children that I shall send, and a + guard before them, to await me in the plain beyond the mountains, seeing + that these can only journey slowly. Let us pass by in peace, my brother, + for so shall our quarrel be ended; but if you do so much as lift a single + spear against me, then I will give you battle, setting my fortune against + your fortune and my god against your God!’ + </p> + <p> + “Such are the words that the embassy shall deliver into the ears of the + king, Nodwengo, and it shall come about that when he hears them, Nodwengo, + whose heart is gentle and who seeks not war, shall answer softly, saying:— + </p> + <p> + “‘Go in peace, my brother, and live in peace in that land which you would + win.’ + </p> + <p> + “Then shall you, Hafela, send on the most of your cattle and the women and + the children through that pass in the mountains, bidding them to await you + in the plain, and after a while you shall follow them with your <i>impis</i>. + But these shall not travel in war array, for carriers must bear their + fighting shields in bundles and their stabbing spears shall be rolled up + in mats. Now, on the sixth day of your journey you shall camp at the mouth + of the pass which the cattle and the women have already travelled, and his + outposts and spies will bring it to the ears of the king that your force + is sleeping there, purposing to climb the pass on the morrow. + </p> + <p> + “But on that night, so soon as the darkness falls, you must rise up with + your captains and your regiments, leaving your fires burning and men about + your fires, and shall travel very swiftly across the valley, so that an + hour before the dawn you reach the second range of mountains, and pass it + by the gorge which is the burying-place of kings. Here you shall light a + fire, which those who watch will believe to be but the fire of a herdsman + who is acold. But I, Hokosa, also shall be watching, and when I see that + fire I will creep, with some whom I can trust, to the little northern gate + of the outer wall, and we will spear those that guard it and open the + gate, that your army may pass through. Then, before the regiments can + stand to their arms or those within it are awakened, you must storm the + inner walls and by the light of the burning huts, put the dwellers in the + Great Place to the spear, and the rays of the rising sun shall crown you + king. + </p> + <p> + “Follow this counsel of mine, O Prince Hafela, and all will go well with + you. Neglect it and be lost. There is but one thing which you need fear—it + is the magic of the Messenger, to whom it is given to read the secret + thoughts of men. But of him take no account, for he is my charge, and + before ever you set a foot within the Great Place he shall have taken his + answer back to Him Who sent him.” + </p> + <p> + Hokosa finished speaking. + </p> + <p> + “Have you heard?” he said to Noma. + </p> + <p> + “I have heard.” + </p> + <p> + “Then speak the message.” + </p> + <p> + She repeated it word for word, making no fault. “Have no fear,” she added, + “I shall forget nothing when I stand before the prince.” + </p> + <p> + “You are a woman, but your counsel is good. What think you of the plan, + Noma?” + </p> + <p> + “It is deep and well laid,” she answered, “and surely it would succeed + were it not for one thing. The white man, Messenger, will be too clever + for you, for as you say, he is a reader of the thoughts of men.” + </p> + <p> + “Can the dead read men’s thoughts, or if they can, do they cry them on the + market-place or into the ears of kings?” asked Hokosa. “Have I not told + you that, before I see the signal-fire yonder, the Messenger shall sleep + sound? I have a medicine, Noma, a slow medicine that none can trace.” + </p> + <p> + “The Messenger may sleep sound, Hokosa, and yet perchance he may pass on + his message to another and, with it, his magic. Who can say? Still, + husband, strike on for power and greatness and revenge, letting the blow + fall where it will.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0013" id="link2HCH0013"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIII + </h2> + <h3> + THE BASKET OF FRUIT + </h3> + <p> + Three days later it was announced that according to the custom of the + women of the People of Fire, Noma having given birth to a still-born + child, was about to start upon a journey to the Mount of Purification. + Here she would abide awhile and make sacrifice to the spirits of her + ancestors, that they might cease to be angry with her and in future + protect her from such misfortunes. This not unusual domestic incident + excited little comment, although it was remarked that the four matrons by + whom she was to be accompanied, in accordance with the tribal etiquette, + were all of them the wives of soldiers who had deserted to Hafela. Indeed, + the king himself noticed as much when Hokosa made the customary formal + application to him to sanction the expedition. + </p> + <p> + “So be it,” he said, “though myself I have lost faith in such rites. Also, + Hokosa, I think it likely that although your wife goes out with company, + she will return alone.” + </p> + <p> + “Why, King?” asked Hokosa. + </p> + <p> + “For this reason—that those who travel with her have husbands yonder + at the town of the Prince Hafela, and the Mount of Purification is on the + road thither. Having gone so far, they may go farther. Well, let them go, + for I desire to have none among my people whose hearts turn otherwhere, + and it would not be wonderful if they should choose to seek their lords. + But perchance, Hokosa, there are some in this town who may use them as + messengers to the prince”—and he looked at him keenly. + </p> + <p> + “I think not, King,” said Hokosa. “None but a fool would make use of women + to carry secret words or tidings. Their tongues are too long and their + memories too bad, or too uncertain.” + </p> + <p> + “Yet I have heard, Hokosa, that you have made use of women in many a + strange work. Say now, what were you doing upon a night a while ago with + that fair witch-wife of yours yonder in the burying-place of kings, where + it is not lawful that you should set your foot? Nay, deny it not. You were + seen to enter the valley after midnight and to return thence at the dawn, + and it was seen also that as she came homewards your wife walked as one + who is drunken, and she, whom it is not easy to frighten, wore a face of + fear. Man, I do not trust you, and were I wise I should hunt you hence, or + keep you so close that you could scarcely move without my knowledge. + </p> + <p> + “Why should I trust you?” Nodwengo went on vehemently. “Can a wizard cease + from wizardry, or a plotter from his plots? No, not until the waters run + upward and the sun shines at night; not until repentance touches you and + your heart is changed, which I should hold as much a marvel. You were my + father’s friend and he made you great; yet you could plan with my brother + to poison him, your king. Nay, be silent; I know it, though I have said + nothing of it because one that is dear to me has interceded for you. You + were the priest of the false god, and with that god are fallen from your + place, yet you have not renounced him. You sit still in your kraal and + pretend to be asleep, but your slumber is that of the serpent which + watches his time to strike. How do I know that you will not poison me as + you would have poisoned my father, or stir up rebellion against me, or + bring my brother’s <i>impis</i> on my head?” + </p> + <p> + “If the King thinks any of these things of his servant,” answered Hokosa + in a humble voice, but with dignity, “his path is plain: let him put me to + death and sleep in peace. Who am I that I should full the ears of a king + with my defence against these charges, or dare to wrangle with him?” + </p> + <p> + “Long ago I should have put you to death, Hokosa,” answered Nodwengo + sternly, “had it not been that one has pleaded for you, declaring that in + you there is good which will overcome the evil, and that you who now are + an axe to cut down my throne, in time to come shall be a roof-tree for its + support. Also, the law that I obey does not allow me to take the blood of + men save upon full proof, and against you as yet I have no proof. Still, + Hokosa, be warned in time and let your heart be turned before the grave + claims your body and the Wicked One your soul.” + </p> + <p> + “I thank you, King, for your gentle words and your tender care for my + well-being both on earth and after I shall leave it. But I tell you, King, + that I had rather die as your father would have killed me in the old days, + or your brother would kill me now, did either of them hate or fear me, + than live on in safety, owing my life to a new law and a new mercy that do + not befit the great ones of the world. King, I am your servant,” and + giving him the royal salute, Hokosa rose and left his presence. + </p> + <p> + “At the least there goes a man,” said Nodwengo, as he watched him depart. + </p> + <p> + “Of whom do you speak, King?” asked Owen, who at that moment entered the + royal house. + </p> + <p> + “Of him whom you must have touched in the door-way, Messenger, Hokosa the + wizard,” answered the king, and he told him of what had passed between + them. “I said,” he added, “that he was a man, and so he is; yet I hold + that I have done wrong to listen to your pleading and to spare him, for I + am certain that he will bring bloodshed upon me and trouble on the Faith. + Think now, Messenger, how full must be that man’s heart of secret rage and + hatred, he who was so great and is now so little! Will he not certainly + strive to grow great again? Will he not strive to be avenged upon those + who humbled him and the religion they have chosen?” + </p> + <p> + “It may be,” answered Owen, “but if so, he will not conquer. I tell you, + King, that like water hidden in a rock there is good in this man’s heart, + and that I shall yet find a rod wherewith to cause it to gush out and + refresh the desert.” + </p> + <p> + “It is more likely that he will find a spear wherewith to cause your blood + to gush out and refresh the jackals,” answered the king grimly; “but be it + as you will. And now, what of your business?” + </p> + <p> + “This, King: John, my servant, has returned from the coast countries, and + he brings me a letter saying that before long three white teachers will + follow him to take up the work which I have begun. I pray that when they + come, for my sake and for the sake of the truth that I have taught you, + you will treat them kindly and protect them, remembering that at first + they can know little of your language or your customs.” + </p> + <p> + “I will indeed,” said the king, with much concern. “But tell me, + Messenger, why do you speak of yourself as of one who soon will be but a + memory? Do you purpose to leave us?” + </p> + <p> + “No, King, but I believe that ere long I shall be recalled. I have given + my message, my task is well-nigh ended and I must be turning home. Save + for your sakes I do not sorrow at this, for to speak truth I grow very + weary,” and he smiled sadly. + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + Hokosa went home alarmed and full of bitterness, for he had never guessed + that the “servant of the Messenger,” as he called Nodwengo the King, knew + so much about him and his plans. His fall was hard to him, but to be thus + measured up, weighed, and contemptuously forgiven was almost more than he + could bear. It was the white prophet who had done this thing; he had told + Nodwengo of his, Hokosa’s, share in the plot to murder the late King + Umsuka, though how he came to know of that matter was beyond guessing. He + had watched him, or caused him to be watched, when he went forth to + consult spirits in the place of the dead; he had warned Nodwengo against + him. Worst of all, he had dared to treat him with contempt; had pleaded + for his life and safety, so that he was spared as men spare a snake from + which the charmer has drawn the fangs. When they met in the gate of the + king’s house yonder this white thief, who had stolen his place and power, + had even smiled upon him and greeted him kindly, and doubtless while he + smiled, by aid of the magic he possessed, had read him through and gone on + to tell the story to the king. Well, of this there should be an end; he + would kill the Messenger, or himself be killed. + </p> + <p> + When Hokosa reached his kraal he found Noma sitting beneath a fruit tree + that grew in it, idly employed in stringing beads, for the work of the + household she left to his other wife, Zinti, an old and homely woman who + thought more of the brewing of the beer and the boiling of the porridge + than of religions or politics or of the will of kings. Of late Noma had + haunted the shadow of this tree, for beneath it lay that child which had + been born to her. + </p> + <p> + “Does it please the king to grant leave for my journey?” she asked, + looking up. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it pleases him.” + </p> + <p> + “I am thankful,” she answered, “for I think that if I bide here much + longer, with ghosts and memories for company, I shall go mad,” and she + glanced at a spot near by, where the earth showed signs of recent + disturbance. + </p> + <p> + “He gives leave,” Hokosa went on, taking no notice of her speech, “but he + suspects us. Listen——” and he told her of the talk that had + passed between himself and the king. + </p> + <p> + “The white man has read you as he reads in his written books,” she + answered, with a little laugh. “Well, I said that he would be too clever + for you, did I not? It does not matter to me, for to-morrow I go upon my + journey, and you can settle it as you will.” + </p> + <p> + “Ay!” answered Hokosa, grinding his teeth, “it is true that he has read + me; but this I promise you, that all books shall soon be closed to him. + Yet how is it to be done without suspicion or discovery? I know many + poisons, but all of them must be administered, and let him work never so + cunningly, he who gives a poison can be traced.” + </p> + <p> + “Then cause some other to give it and let him bear the blame,” suggested + Noma languidly. + </p> + <p> + Hokosa made no answer, but walking to the gate of the kraal, which was + open, he leaned against it lost in thought. As he stood thus he saw a + woman advancing towards him, who carried on her head a small basket of + fruit, and knew her for one of those whose business it was to wait upon + the Messenger in his huts, or rather in his house, for by now he had built + himself a small house, and near it a chapel. This woman saw Hokosa also + and looked at him sideways, as though she would like to stop and speak to + him, but feared to do so. + </p> + <p> + “Good morrow to you, friend,” he said. “How goes it with your husband and + your house?” + </p> + <p> + Now Hokosa knew well that this woman’s husband had taken a dislike to her + and driven her from his home, filling her place with one younger and more + attractive. At the question the woman’s lips began to tremble, and her + eyes swam with tears. + </p> + <p> + “Ah! great doctor,” she said, “why do you ask me of my husband? Have you + not heard that he has driven me away and that another takes my place?” + </p> + <p> + “Do I hear all the gossip of this town?” asked Hokosa, with a smile. “But + come in and tell me the story; perchance I may be able to help you, for I + have charms to compel the fancy of such faithless ones.” + </p> + <p> + The woman looked round, and seeing that there was no one in sight, she + slipped swiftly through the gate of the kraal, which he closed behind her. + </p> + <p> + “Noma,” said Hokosa, “here is one who tells me that her husband has + deserted her, and who comes to seek my counsel. Bring her milk to drink.” + </p> + <p> + “There are some wives who would not find that so great an evil,” replied + Noma mockingly, as she rose to do his bidding. + </p> + <p> + Hokosa winced at the sarcasm, and turning to his visitor, said:— + </p> + <p> + “Now tell me your tale; but say first, why are you so frightened?” + </p> + <p> + “I am frightened, master,” she answered, “lest any should have seen me + enter here, for I have become a Christian, and the Christians are + forbidden to consult the witch-doctors, as we were wont to do. For my + case, it is——” + </p> + <p> + “No need to set it out,” broke in Hokosa, waving his hand. “I see it + written on your face; your husband has put you away and loves another + woman, your own half-sister whom you brought up from a child.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah! master, you have heard aright.” + </p> + <p> + “I have not heard, I look upon you and I see. Fool, am I not a wizard? + Tell me——” and taking dust into his hand, he blew the grains + this way and that, regarding them curiously. “Yes, it is so. Last night + you crept to your husband’s hut—do you remember, a dog growled at + you as you passed the gate?—and there in front of the hut he sat + with his new wife. She saw you coming, but pretending not to see, she + threw her arms about his neck, kissing and fondling him before your eyes, + till you could bear it no longer, and revealed yourself, upbraiding them. + Then your rival taunted you and stirred up the man with bitter words, till + at length he took a stick and beat you from the door, and there is a mark + of it upon your shoulder.” + </p> + <p> + “It is true, it is too true!” she groaned. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it is true. And now, what do you wish from me?” + </p> + <p> + “Master, I wish a medicine to make my husband hate my rival and to draw + his heart back to me.” + </p> + <p> + “That must be a strong medicine,” said Hokosa, “which will turn a man from + one who is young and beautiful to one who is past her youth and ugly.” + </p> + <p> + “I am as I am,” answered the poor woman, with a touch of natural dignity, + “but at least I have loved him and worked for him for fifteen long years.” + </p> + <p> + “And that is why he would now be rid of you, for who cumbers his kraal + with old cattle?” + </p> + <p> + “And yet at times they are the best, Master. Wrinkles and smooth skin seem + strange upon one pillow,” she added, glancing at Noma, who came from the + hut carrying a bowl of milk in her hand. + </p> + <p> + “If you seek counsel,” said Hokosa quickly, “why do you not go to the + white man, that Messenger in whom you believe, and ask him for a potion to + turn your husband’s heart?” + </p> + <p> + “Master, I have been to him, and he is very good to me, for when I was + driven out he gave me work to do and food. But he told me that he had no + medicine for such cases, and that the Great Man in the sky alone could + soften the breast of my husband and cause my sister to cease from her + wickedness. Last night I went to see whether He would do it, and you know + what befell me there.” + </p> + <p> + “That befell you which befalls all fools who put their trust in words + alone. What will you pay me, woman, if I give you the medicine which you + seek?” + </p> + <p> + “Alas, master, I am poor. I have nothing to offer you, for when I would + not stay in my husband’s kraal to be a servant to his new wife, he took + the cow and the five goats that belonged to me, as, I being childless, + according to our ancient law he had the right to do.” + </p> + <p> + “You are bold who come to ask a doctor to minister to you, bearing no fee + in your hand,” said Hokosa. “Yet, because I have pity on you, I will be + content with very little. Give me that basket of fruit, for my wife has + been sick and loves its taste.” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot do that, Master,” answered the woman, “for it is sent by my hand + as a present to the Messenger, and he knows this and will eat of it after + he has made prayer to-day. Did I not give it to him, it would be + discovered that I had left it here with you.” + </p> + <p> + “Then begone without your medicine,” said Hokosa, “for I need such fruit.” + </p> + <p> + The woman rose and said, looking at him wistfully:— + </p> + <p> + “Master, if you will be satisfied with other fruits of this same sort, I + know where I can get them for you.” + </p> + <p> + “When will you get them?” + </p> + <p> + “Now, within an hour. And till I return I will leave these in pledge with + you; but these and no other I must give to the Messenger, for he has + already seen them and might discover the difference; also I have promised + so to do.” + </p> + <p> + “As you will,” said Hokosa. “If you are with the fruit within an hour, the + medicine will be ready for you, a medicine that shall not fail.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0014" id="link2HCH0014"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIV + </h2> + <h3> + THE EATING OF THE FRUIT + </h3> + <p> + The woman slipped away secretly. When she had gone Hokosa bade his wife + bring the basket of fruit into the hut. + </p> + <p> + “It is best that the butcher should kill the ox himself,” she answered + meaningly. + </p> + <p> + He carried in the basket and set it on the floor. + </p> + <p> + “Why do you speak thus, Noma?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Because I will have no hand in the matter, Hokosa. I have been the tool + of a wizard, and won little joy therefrom. The tool of a murderer I will + not be!” + </p> + <p> + “If I kill, it is for the sake of both of us,” he said passionately. + </p> + <p> + “It may be so, Hokosa, or for the sake of the people, or for the sake of + Heaven above—I do not know and do not care; but I say, do your own + killing, for I am sure that even less luck will hang to it than hangs to + your witchcraft.” + </p> + <p> + “Of all women you are the most perverse!” he said, stamping his foot upon + the ground. + </p> + <p> + “Thus you may say again before everything is done, husband; but if it be + so, why do you love me and tie me to you with your wizardry? Cut the knot, + and let me go my way while you go yours.” + </p> + <p> + “Woman, I cannot; but still I bid you beware, for, strive as you will, my + path must be your path. Moreover, till I free you, you cannot lift voice + or hand against me.” + </p> + <p> + Then, while she watched him curiously, Hokosa fetched his medicines and + took from them some powder fine as dust and two tiny crowquills. Placing a + fruit before him, he inserted one of these quills into its substance, and + filling the second with the powder, he shook its contents into it and + withdrew the tube. This process he repeated four times on each of the + fruits, replacing them one by one in the basket. So deftly did he work + upon them, that however closely they were scanned none could guess that + they had been tampered with. + </p> + <p> + “Will it kill at once?” asked Noma. + </p> + <p> + “No, indeed; but he who eats these fruits will be seized on the third day + with dysentery and fever, and these will cling to him till within seven + weeks—or if he is very strong, three months—he dies. This is + the best of poisons, for it works through nature and can be traced by + none.” + </p> + <p> + “Except, perchance, by that Spirit Whom the white man worships, and Who + also works through nature, as you learned, Hokosa, when He rolled the + lightning back upon your head, shattering your god and beating down your + company.” + </p> + <p> + Then of a sudden terror seized the wizard, and springing to his feet, he + cursed his wife till she trembled before him. + </p> + <p> + “Vile woman, and double-faced!” he said, “why do you push me forward with + one hand and with the other drag me back? Why do you whisper evil counsel + into one ear and into the other prophesy of misfortunes to come? Had it + not been for you, I should have let this business lie; I should have taken + my fate and been content. But day by day you have taunted me with my fall + and grieved over the greatness that you have lost, till at length you have + driven me to this. Why cannot you be all good or all wicked, or at the + least, through righteousness and sin, faithful to my interest and your + own?” + </p> + <p> + “Because I hate you, Hokosa, and yet can strike you only through my tongue + and your mad love for me. I am fast in your power, but thus at least I can + make you feel something of my own pain. Hark! I hear that woman at the + gate. Will you give her back the basket, or will you not? Whatever you may + choose to do, do not say in after days that I urged you to the deed.” + </p> + <p> + “Truly you are great-hearted!” he answered, with cold contempt; “one for + whom I did well to enter into treachery and sin! So be it: having gone so + far upon it, come what may, I will not turn back from this journey. Let in + that fool!” + </p> + <p> + Presently the woman stood before them, bearing with her another basket of + fruit. + </p> + <p> + “These are what you seek, Master,” she said, “though I was forced to win + them by theft. Now give me my own and the medicine and let me go.” + </p> + <p> + He gave her the basket, and with it, wrapped in a piece of kidskin, some + of the same powder with which he had doctored the fruits. + </p> + <p> + “What shall I do with this?” she asked. + </p> + <p> + “You must find means to sprinkle it upon your sister’s food, and + thereafter your husband shall come to hate even the sight of her.” + </p> + <p> + “But will he come to love me again?” + </p> + <p> + Hokosa shrugged his shoulders. + </p> + <p> + “I know not,” he answered; “that is for you to see to. Yet this is sure, + that if a tree grows up before the house of a man, shutting it off from + the sunlight, when that tree is cut down the sun shines upon his house + again.” + </p> + <p> + “It is nothing to the sun on what he shines,” said the woman. + </p> + <p> + “If the saying does not please you, then forget it. I promise you this and + no more, that very soon the man shall cease to turn to your rival.” + </p> + <p> + “The medicine will not harm her?” asked the woman doubtfully. “She has + worked me bitter wrong indeed, yet she is my sister, whom I nursed when + she was little, and I do not wish to do her hurt. If only he will welcome + me back and treat me kindly, I am willing even that she should dwell on + beneath my husband’s roof, bearing his children, for will they not be of + my own blood?” + </p> + <p> + “Woman,” answered Hokosa impatiently, “you weary me with your talk. Did I + say that the charm would hurt her? I said that it would cause your husband + to hate the sight of her. Now begone, taking or leaving it, and let me + rest. If your mind is troubled, throw aside that medicine, and go soothe + it with such sights as you saw last night.” + </p> + <p> + On hearing this the woman sprang up, hid away the poison in her hair, and + taking her basket of fruit, passed from the kraal as secretly as she had + entered it. + </p> + <p> + “Why did you give her death-medicine?” asked Noma of Hokosa, as he stood + staring after her. “Have you a hate to satisfy against the husband or the + girl who is her rival?” + </p> + <p> + “None,” he answered, “for they have never crossed my path. Oh, foolish + woman! cannot you read my plan?” + </p> + <p> + “Not altogether, Husband.” + </p> + <p> + “Listen then: this woman will give to her sister a medicine of which in + the end she must die. She may be discovered or she may not, but it is + certain that she will be suspected, seeing that the bitterness of the + quarrel between them is known. Also she will give to the Messenger certain + fruits, after eating of which he will be taken sick and in due time die, + of just such a disease as that which carries off the woman’s rival. Now, + if any think that he is poisoned, which I trust none will, whom will they + suppose to have poisoned him, though indeed they can never prove the + crime?” + </p> + <p> + “The plan is clever,” said Noma with admiration, “but in it I see a flaw. + The woman will say that she had the drug from you, or, at the least, will + babble of her visit to you.” + </p> + <p> + “Not so,” answered Hokosa, “for on this matter the greatest talker in the + world would keep silence. Firstly, she, being a Christian, dare not own + that she has visited a witch-doctor. Secondly, the fruit she brought in + payment was stolen, therefore she will say nothing of it. Thirdly, to + admit that she had medicine from me would be to admit her guilt, and that + she will scarcely do even under torture, which by the new law it is not + lawful to apply. Moreover, none saw her come here, and I should deny her + visit.” + </p> + <p> + “The plan is very clever,” said Noma again. + </p> + <p> + “It is very clever,” he repeated complacently; “never have I made a better + one. Now throw those fruits to the she goats that are in the kraal, and + burn the basket, while I go and talk to some in the Great Place, telling + them that I have returned from counting my cattle on the mountain, whither + I went after I had bowed the knee in the house of the king.” + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + Two hours later, Hokosa, having made a wide detour and talked to sundry of + his acquaintances about the condition of his cattle, might have been seen + walking slowly along the north side of the Great Place towards his own + kraal. His path lay past the chapel and the little house that Owen had + built to dwell in. This house was furnished with a broad verandah, and + upon it sat the Messenger himself, eating his evening meal. Hokosa saw + him, and a great desire entered his heart to learn whether or no he had + partaken of the poisoned fruit. Also it occurred to him that it would be + wise if, before the end came, he could contrive to divert all possible + suspicion from himself, by giving the impression that he was now upon + friendly terms with the great white teacher and not disinclined even to + become a convert to his doctrine. + </p> + <p> + For a moment he hesitated, seeking an excuse. One soon suggested itself to + his ready mind. That very morning the king had told him not obscurely that + Owen had pleaded for his safety and saved him from being put upon his + trial on charges of witchcraft and murder. He would go to him, now at + once, playing the part of a grateful penitent, and the White Man’s magic + must be keen indeed if it availed to pierce the armour of his practised + craft. + </p> + <p> + So Hokosa went up and squatted himself down native fashion among a little + group of converts who were waiting to see their teacher upon one business + or another. He was not more than ten paces from the verandah, and sitting + thus he saw a sight that interested him strangely. Having eaten a little + of a dish of roasted meat, Owen put out his hand and took a fruit from a + basket that the wizard knew well. At this moment he looked up and + recognised Hokosa. + </p> + <p> + “Do you desire speech with me, Hokosa?” he asked in his gentle voice. “If + so, be pleased to come hither.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, Messenger,” answered Hokosa, “I desire speech with you indeed, but + it is ill to stand between a hungry man and his food.” + </p> + <p> + “I care little for my food,” answered Owen; “at the least it can wait,” + and he put down the fruit. + </p> + <p> + Then suddenly a feeling to which the wizard had been for many years a + stranger took possession of him—a feeling of compunction. That man + was about to partake of what would cause his death—of what he, + Hokosa, had prepared in order that it should cause his death. He was good, + he was kindly, none could allege a wrong deed against him; and, + foolishness though it might be, so was the doctrine that he taught. Why + should he kill him? It was true that never till that moment had he + hesitated, by fair means or foul, to remove an enemy or rival from his + path. He had been brought up in this teaching; it was part of the + education of wizards to be merciless, for they reigned by terror and evil + craft. Their magic lay chiefly in clairvoyance and powers of observation + developed to a pitch that was almost superhuman, and the best of their + weapons was poison in infinite variety, whereof the guild alone understood + the properties and preparation. Therefore there was nothing strange, + nothing unusual in this deed of devilish and cunning murder that the sight + of its doing should stir him thus, and yet it did stir him. He was minded + to stop the plot, to let things take their course. + </p> + <p> + Some sense of the futility of all such strivings came home to him, and as + in a glass, for Hokosa was a man of imagination, he foresaw their end. A + little success, a little failure, it scarcely mattered which, and then—that + end. Within twenty years, or ten, or mayhap even one, what would this + present victory or defeat mean to him? Nothing so far as he was concerned; + that is, nothing so far as his life of to-day was concerned. Yet, if he + had another life, it might mean everything. There was another life; he + knew it, who had dragged back from its borders the spirits of the dead, + though what might be the state and occupations of those dead he did not + know. Yet he believed—why he could not tell—that they were + affected vitally by their acts and behaviour here; and his intelligence + warned him that good must always flow from good, and evil from evil. To + kill this man was evil, and of it only evil could come. + </p> + <p> + What did he care whether Hafela ruled the nation or Nodwengo, and whether + it worshipped the God of the Christians or the god of Fire—who, by + the way, had proved himself so singularly inefficient in the hour of + trial. Now that he thought of it, he much preferred Nodwengo to Hafela, + for the one was a just man and the other a tyrant; and he himself was more + comfortable as a wealthy private person than he had been as a head + medicine-man and a chief of wizards. He would let things stand; he would + prevent the Messenger from eating of that fruit. A word could do it; he + had but to suggest that it was unripe or not wholesome at this season of + the year, and it would be cast aside. + </p> + <p> + All these reflections, or their substance, passed through Hokosa’s mind in + a few instants of time, and already he was rising to go to the verandah + and translate their moral into acts, when another thought occurred to him—How + should he face Noma with this tale? He could give up his own ambitions, + but could he bear her mockery, as day by day she taunted him with his + faint-heartedness and reproached him with his failure to regain greatness + and to make her great? He forgot that he might conceal the truth from her; + or rather, he did not contemplate such concealment, of which their + relations were too peculiar and too intimate to permit. She hated him, and + he worshipped her with a half-inhuman passion—a passion so + unnatural, indeed, that it suggested the horrid and insatiable longings of + the damned—and yet their souls were naked to each other. It was + their fate that they could hide nothing each from each—they were + cursed with the awful necessity of candour. + </p> + <p> + It would be impossible that he should keep from Noma anything that he did + or did not do; it would be still more impossible that she should conceal + from him even such imaginings and things as it is common for women to hold + secret. Her very bitterness, which it had been policy for her to cloak or + soften, would gush from her lips at the sight of him; nor, in the depth of + his rage and torment, could he, on the other hand, control the ill-timed + utterance of his continual and overmastering passion. It came to this, + then: he must go forward, and against his better judgment, because he was + afraid to go back, for the whip of a woman’s tongue drove him on + remorselessly. It was better that the Messenger should die, and the land + run red with blood, than that he should be forced to endure this scourge. + </p> + <p> + So with a sigh Hokosa sank back to the ground and watched while Owen ate + three of the poisoned fruits. After a pause, he took a fourth and bit into + it, but not seeming to find it to his taste, he threw it to a child that + was waiting by the verandah for any scraps which might be left over from + his meal. The child caught it, and devoured it eagerly. + </p> + <p> + Then, smiling at the little boy’s delight, the Messenger called to Hokosa + to come up and speak with him. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0015" id="link2HCH0015"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XV + </h2> + <h3> + NOMA COMES TO HAFELA + </h3> + <p> + Hokosa advanced to the verandah and bowed to the white man with grave + dignity. + </p> + <p> + “Be seated,” said Owen. “Will you not eat? though I have nothing to offer + you but these,” and he pushed the basket of fruits towards him, adding, + “The best of them, I fear, are already gone.” + </p> + <p> + “I thank you, no, Messenger; such fruits are not always wholesome at this + season of the year. I have known them to breed dysentery.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed,” said Owen. “If so, I trust that I may escape. I have suffered + from that sickness, and I think that another bout of it would kill me. In + future I will avoid them. But what do you seek with me, Hokosa? Enter and + tell me,” and he led the way into a little sitting-room. + </p> + <p> + “Messenger,” said the wizard, with deep humility, “I am a proud man; I + have been a great man, and it is no light thing to me to humble myself + before the face of my conqueror. Yet I am come to this. To-day when I was + in audience with the king, craving a small boon of his graciousness, he + spoke to me sharp and bitter words. He told me that he had been minded to + put me on trial for my life because of various misdoings which are alleged + against me in the past, but that you had pleaded for me and that for this + cause he spared me. I come to thank you for your gentleness, Messenger, + for I think that had I been in your place I should have whispered + otherwise in the ear of the king.” + </p> + <p> + “Say no more of it, friend,” said Owen kindly, “We are all of us sinners, + and it is my place to push back your ancient sins, not to drag them into + the light of day and clamour for their punishment. It is true I know that + you plotted with the Prince Hafela to poison Umsuka the King, for it was + revealed to me. It chanced, however, that I was able to recover Umsuka + from his sickness, and Hafela is fled, so why should I bring up the deed + against you? It is true that you still practise witchcraft, and that you + hate and strive against the holy Faith which I preach; but you were + brought up to wizardry and have been the priest of another creed, and + these things plead for you. + </p> + <p> + “Also, Hokosa, I can see the good and evil struggling in your soul, and I + pray and I believe that in the end the good will master the evil; that you + who have been pre-eminent in sin will come to be pre-eminent in + righteousness. Oh! be not stubborn, but listen with your ear, and let your + heart be softened. The gate stands open, and I am the guide appointed to + show you the way without reward or fee. Follow them ere it be too late, + that in time to come when my voice is stilled you also may be able to + direct the feet of wanderers into the paths of peace. It is the hour of + prayer; come with me, I beg of you, and listen to some few words of the + message of my lips, and let your spirit be nurtured with them, and the Sun + of Truth arise upon its darkness.” + </p> + <p> + Hokosa heard, and before this simple eloquence his wisdom sank confounded. + More, his intelligence was stirred, and a desire came upon him to + investigate and examine the canons of a creed that could produce such men + as this. He made no answer, but waiting while Owen robed himself, he + followed him to the chapel. It was full of new-made Christians who crowded + even the doorways, but they gave place to him, wondering. Then the service + began—a short and simple service. First Owen offered up some prayer + for the welfare of the infant Church, for the conversion of the + unbelieving, for the safety of the king and the happiness of the people. + Then John, the Messenger’s first disciple, read aloud from a manuscript a + portion of the Scripture which his master had translated. It was St. + Paul’s exposition of the resurrection from the dead, and the grandeur of + its thoughts and language were by no means lost upon Hokosa, who, savage + and heathen though he might be, was also a man of intellect. + </p> + <p> + The reading over, Owen addressed the congregation, taking for his text, + “Thy sin shall find thee out.” Being now a master of the language, he + preached very well and earnestly, and indeed the subject was not difficult + to deal with in the presence of an audience many of whose pasts had been + steeped in iniquities of no common kind. As he talked of judgment to come + for the unrepentant, some of his hearers groaned and even wept; and when, + changing his note, he dwelt upon the blessed future state of those who + earned forgiveness, their faces were lighted up with joy. + </p> + <p> + But perhaps among all those gathered before him there were none more + deeply interested than Hokosa and one other, that woman to whom he had + sold the poison, and who, as it chanced, sat next to him. Hokosa, watching + her face as he was skilled to do, saw the thrusts of the preacher go home, + and grew sure that already in her jealous haste she had found opportunity + to sprinkle the medicine upon her rival’s food. She believed it to be but + a charm indeed, yet knowing that in using such charms she had done + wickedly, she trembled beneath the words of denunciation, and rising at + length, crept from the chapel. + </p> + <p> + “Truly, her sin will find her out,” thought Hokosa to himself, and then in + a strange half-impersonal fashion he turned his thoughts to the + consideration of his own case. Would <i>his</i> sin find him out? he + wondered. Before he could answer that question, it was necessary first to + determine whether or no he had committed a sin. The man before him—that + gentle and yet impassioned man—bore in his vitals the seed of death + which he, Hokosa, had planted there. Was it wrong to have done this? It + depended by which standard the deed was judged. According to his own code, + the code on which he had been educated and which hitherto he had followed + with exactness, it was not wrong. That code taught the necessity of + self-aggrandisement, or at least and at all costs the necessity of + self-preservation. This white preacher stood in his path; he had + humiliated him, Hokosa, and in the end, either of himself or through his + influences, it was probable that he would destroy him. Therefore he must + strike before in his own person he received a mortal blow, and having no + other means at his command, he struck through treachery and poison. + </p> + <p> + That was his law which for many generations had been followed and + respected by his class with the tacit assent of the nation. According to + this law, then, he had done no wrong. But now the victim by the altar, who + did not know that already he was bound upon the altar, preached a new and + a very different doctrine under which, were it to be believed, he, Hokosa, + was one of the worst of sinners. The matter, then, resolved itself to + this: which of these two rules of life was the right rule? Which of them + should a man follow to satisfy his conscience and to secure his abiding + welfare? Apart from the motives that swayed him, as a mere matter of + ethics, this problem interested Hokosa not a little, and he went homewards + determined to solve it if he might. That could be done in one way only—by + a close examination of both systems. The first he knew well; he had + practised it for nearly forty years. Of the second he had but an inkling. + Also, if he would learn more of it he must make haste, seeing that its + exponent in some short while would cease to be in a position to set it + out. + </p> + <p> + “I trust that you will come again,” said Owen to Hokosa as they left the + chapel. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, indeed, Messenger,” answered the wizard; “I will come every day, and + if you permit it, I will attend your private teachings also, for I accept + nothing without examination, and I greatly desire to study this new + doctrine of yours, root and flower and fruit.” + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + On the morrow Noma started upon her journey. As the matrons who + accompanied her gave out with a somewhat suspicious persistency, its + ostensible object was to visit the Mount of Purification, and there by + fastings and solitude to purge herself of the sin of having given birth to + a stillborn child. For amongst savage peoples such an accident is apt to + be looked upon as little short of a crime, or, at the least, as indicating + that the woman concerned is the object of the indignation of spirits who + need to be appeased. To this Mount, Noma went, and there performed the + customary rites. + </p> + <p> + “Little wonder,” she thought to herself, “that the spirits were angry with + her, seeing that yonder in the burying-ground of kings she had dared to + break in upon their rest.” + </p> + <p> + From the Place of Purification she travelled on ten days’ journey with her + companions till they reached the mountain fastness where Hafela had + established himself. The town and its surroundings were of extraordinary + strength, and so well guarded that it was only after considerable + difficulty and delay that the women were admitted. Hearing of her arrival + and that she had words for him, Hafela sent for Noma at once, receiving + her by night and alone in his principal hut. She came and stood before + him, and he looked at her beauty with admiring eyes, for he could not + forget the woman whom the cunning of Hokosa had forced him to put away. + </p> + <p> + “Whence come you, pretty one?” he asked, “and wherefore come you? Are you + weary of your husband, that you fly back to me? If so, you are welcome + indeed; for know, Noma, that I still love you.” + </p> + <p> + “Ay, Prince, I am weary of my husband sure enough; but I do not fly to + you, for he holds me fast to him with bonds that you cannot understand, + and fast to him while he lives I must remain.” + </p> + <p> + “What hinders, Noma, that having got you here I should keep you here? The + cunning and magic of Hokosa may be great, but they will need to be still + greater to win you from my arms.” + </p> + <p> + “This hinders, Prince, that you are playing for a higher stake than that + of a woman’s love, and if you deal thus by me and my husband, then of a + surety you will lose the game.” + </p> + <p> + “What stake, Noma?” + </p> + <p> + “The stake of the crown of the People of Fire.” + </p> + <p> + “And why should I lose if I take you as a wife?” + </p> + <p> + “Because Hokosa, seeing that I do not return and learning from his spies + why I do not return, will warn the king, and by many means bring all your + plans to nothing. Listen now to the words of Hokosa that he has set + between my lips to deliver to you”—and she repeated to him all the + message without fault or fail. + </p> + <p> + “Say it again,” he said, and she obeyed. + </p> + <p> + Then he answered:— + </p> + <p> + “Truly the skill of Hokosa is great, and well he knows how to set a snare; + but I think that if by his counsel I should springe the bird, he will be + too clever a man to keep upon the threshold of my throne. He who sets one + snare may set twain, and he who sits by the threshold may desire to enter + the house of kings wherein there is no space for two to dwell.” + </p> + <p> + “Is this the answer that I am to take back to Hokosa?” asked Noma. “It + will scarcely bind him to your cause, Prince, and I wonder that you dare + to speak it to me who am his wife.” + </p> + <p> + “I dare to speak it to you, Noma, because, although you be his wife, all + wives do not love their lords; and I think that, perchance in days to + come, you would choose rather to hold the hand of a young king than that + of a witch-doctor sinking into eld. Thus shall you answer Hokosa: You + shall say to him that I have heard his words and that I find them very + good, and will walk along the path which he has made. Here before you I + swear by the oath that may not be broken—the sacred oath, calling + down ruin upon my head should I break one word of it—that if by his + aid I succeed in this great venture, I will pay him the price he asks. + After myself, the king, he shall be the greatest man among the people; he + shall be general of the armies; he shall be captain of the council and + head of the doctors, and to him shall be given half the cattle of + Nodwengo. Also, into his hand I will deliver all those who cling to this + faith of the Christians, and, if it pleases him, he shall offer them as a + sacrifice to his god. This I swear, and you, Noma, are witness to the + oath. Yet it may chance that after he, Hokosa, has gathered up all this + pomp and greatness, he himself shall be gathered up by Death, that + harvest-man whom soon or late will garner every ear;” and he looked at her + meaningly. + </p> + <p> + “It may be so, Prince,” she answered. + </p> + <p> + “It may be so,” he repeated, “and when——” + </p> + <p> + “When it is so, then, Prince, we will talk together, but not till then. + Nay, touch me not, for were he to command me, Hokosa has this power over + me that I must show him all that you have done, keeping nothing back. Let + me go now to the place that is made ready for me, and afterwards you shall + tell me again and more fully the words that I must say to Hokosa my + husband.” + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + On the morrow Hafela held a secret council of his great men, and the next + day an embassy departed to Nodwengo the king, taking to him that message + which Hokosa, through Noma his wife, had put into the lips of the prince. + Twenty days later the embassy returned saying that it pleased the king to + grant the prayer of his brother Hafela, and bringing with it the tidings + that the white man, Messenger, had fallen sick, and it was thought that he + would die. + </p> + <p> + So in due course the women and children of the people of Hafela started + upon their journey towards the new land where it was given out that they + should live, and with them went Noma, purposing to leave them as they drew + near the gates of the Great Place of the king. A while after, Hafela and + his <i>impis</i> followed with carriers bearing their fighting shields in + bundles, and having their stabbing spears rolled up in mats. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0016" id="link2HCH0016"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVI + </h2> + <h3> + THE REPENTANCE OF HOKOSA + </h3> + <p> + Hokosa kept his promise. On the morrow of his first attendance there he + was again to be seen in the chapel, and after the service was over he + waited on Owen at his house and listened to his private teaching. Day by + day he appeared thus, till at length he became master of the whole + doctrine of Christianity, and discovered that that which at first had + struck him as childish and even monstrous, now presented itself to him in + a new and very different light. The conversion of Hokosa came upon him + through the gate of reason, not as is usual among savages—and some + who are not savage—by that of the emotions. Given the position of a + universe torn and groaning beneath the dual rule of Good and Evil, two + powers of well-nigh equal potency, he found no great difficulty in + accepting this tale of the self-sacrifice of the God of Good that He might + wring the race He loved out of the conquering grasp of the god of Ill. + There was a simple majesty about this scheme of redemption which appealed + to one side of his nature. Indeed, Hokosa felt that under certain + conditions and in a more limited fashion he would have been capable of + attempting as much himself. + </p> + <p> + Once his reason was satisfied, the rest followed in a natural sequence. + Within three weeks from the hour of his first attendance at the chapel + Hokosa was at heart a Christian. + </p> + <p> + He was a Christian, although as yet he did not confess it; but he was also + the most miserable man among the nation of the Sons of Fire. The + iniquities of his past life had become abominable to him; but he had + committed them in ignorance, and he understood that they were not beyond + forgiveness. Yet high above them all towered one colossal crime which, as + he believed, could never be pardoned to him in this world or the next. He + was the treacherous murderer of the Messenger of God; he was in the very + act of silencing the Voice that had proclaimed truth in the dark places of + his soul and the dull ears of his countrymen. + </p> + <p> + The deed was done; no power on earth could save his victim. Within a week + from the day of eating that fatal fruit Owen began to sicken, then the + dysentery had seized him which slowly but surely was wasting out his life. + Yet he, the murderer, was helpless, for with this form of the disease no + medicine could cope. With agony in his heart, an agony that was shared by + thousands of the people, Hokosa watched the decrease of the white man’s + strength, and reckoned the days that would elapse before the end. Having + such sin as this upon his soul, though Owen entreated him earnestly, he + would not permit himself to be baptised. Twice he went near to consenting, + but on each occasion an ominous and terrible incident drove him from the + door of mercy. + </p> + <p> + Once, when the words “I will” were almost on his lips, a woman broke in + upon their conference bearing a dying boy in her arms. + </p> + <p> + “Save him,” she implored, “save him, Messenger, for he is my only son!” + </p> + <p> + Owen looked at him and shook his head. + </p> + <p> + “How came he like this?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “I know not, Messenger, but he has been sick ever since he ate of a + certain fruit which you gave to him;” and she recalled to his mind the + incident of the throwing of a fruit to the child, which she had witnessed. + </p> + <p> + “I remember,” said Owen. “It is strange, but I also have been sick from + the day that I ate of those fruits; yes, and you, Hokosa, warned me + against them.” + </p> + <p> + Then he blessed the boy and prayed over him till he died; but when + afterwards he looked round for Hokosa, it was to find that he had gone. + </p> + <p> + Some eight days later, having to a certain extent recovered from this + shock, Hokosa went one morning to Owen’s house and talked to him. + </p> + <p> + “Messenger,” he said, “is it necessary to baptism that I should confess + all my sins to you? If so, I can never be baptised, for there is + wickedness upon my hands which I am unable to tell into the ear of living + man.” + </p> + <p> + Owen thought and answered:— + </p> + <p> + “It is necessary that you should repent all of your sins, and that you + should confess them to heaven; it is not necessary that you should confess + them to me, who am but a man like yourself.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I will be baptised,” said Hokosa with a sigh of relief. + </p> + <p> + At this moment, as it chanced, their interview was again interrupted, for + runners came from the king requesting the immediate presence of the + Messenger, if he were well enough to attend, upon a matter connected with + the trial of a woman for murder. Thinking that he might be of service, + Owen, leaning on the shoulder of Hokosa, for already he was too weak to + walk far, crept to the litter which was waiting for him, and was borne to + the place of judgment that was before the house of the king. Hokosa + followed, more from curiosity than for any other reason, for he had heard + of no murder being committed, and his old desire to be acquainted with + everything that passed was still strong on him. The people made way for + him, and he seated himself in the first line of spectators immediately + opposite to the king and three other captains who were judges in the case. + So soon as Owen had joined the judges, the prisoner was brought before + them, and to his secret horror Hokosa recognised in her that woman to whom + he had given the poison in exchange for the basket of fruit. + </p> + <p> + Now it seemed to Hokosa that his doom was on him, for she would certainly + confess that she had the drug from him. He thought of flight only to + reject the thought, for to fly would be to acknowledge himself an + accessory. No, he would brazen it out, for after all his word was as good + as hers. With the prisoner came an accuser, her husband, who seemed sick, + and he it was who opened the case against her. + </p> + <p> + “This woman,” he said, “was my wife. I divorced her for barrenness, as I + have a right to do according to our ancient law, and I took another woman + to wife, her half-sister. This woman was jealous; she plagued me + continually, and insulted her sister, so that I was forced to drive her + away. After that she came to my house, and though they said nothing of it + at the time, she was seen by two servants of mine to sprinkle something in + the bowl wherein our food was cooking. Subsequently my wife, this woman’s + half-sister, was taken ill with dysentery. I also was taken ill with + dysentery, but I still live to tell this story before you, O King, and + your judges, though I know not for how long I live. My wife died + yesterday, and I buried her this morning. I accuse the woman of having + murdered her, either by witchcraft or by means of a medicine which she + sprinkled on the food, or by both. I have spoken.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you anything to say?” asked the king of the prisoner. “Are you + guilty of the crime whereof this man who was your husband charges you, or + does he lie?” + </p> + <p> + Then the woman answered in a low and broken voice:— + </p> + <p> + “I am guilty, King. Listen to my story:” and she told it all as she told + it to Hokosa. “I am guilty,” she added, “and may the Great Man in the sky, + of Whom the Messenger has taught us, forgive me. My sister’s blood is upon + my hands, and for aught I know the blood of my husband yonder will also be + on my hands. I seek no mercy; indeed, it is better that I should die; but + I would say this in self-defence, that I did not think to kill my sister. + I believed that I was giving to her a potion which would cause her husband + to hate her and no more.” + </p> + <p> + Here she looked round and her eyes met those of Hokosa. + </p> + <p> + “Who told you that this was so?” asked one of the judges. + </p> + <p> + “A witch-doctor,” she answered, “from whom I bought the medicine in the + old days, long ago, when Umsuka was king.” + </p> + <p> + Hokosa gasped. Why should this woman have spared him? + </p> + <p> + No further question was asked of her, and the judges consulted together. + At length the king spoke. + </p> + <p> + “Woman,” he said, “you are condemned to die. You will be taken to the Doom + Tree, and there be hanged. Out of those who are assembled to try you, two, + the Messenger and myself, have given their vote in favour of mercy, but + the majority think otherwise. They say that a law has been passed against + murder by means of witchcraft and secret medicine, and that should we let + you go free, the people will make a mock of that law. So be it. Go in + peace. To-morrow you must die, and may forgiveness await you elsewhere.” + </p> + <p> + “I ask nothing else,” said the woman. “It is best that I should die.” + </p> + <p> + Then they led her away. As she passed Hokosa she turned and looked him + full in the eyes, till he dropped his head abashed. Next morning she was + executed, and he learned that her last words were: “Let it come to the + ears of him who sold me the poison, telling me that it was but a harmless + drug, that as I hope to be forgiven, so I forgive him, believing that my + silence may win for him time for repentance, before he follows on the road + I tread.” + </p> + <p> + Now, when Hokosa heard these words he shut himself up in his house for + three days, giving out that he was sick. Nor would he go near to Owen, + being altogether without hope, and not believing that baptism or any other + rite could avail to purge such crimes as his. Truly his sin had found him + out, and the burden of it was intolerable. So intolerable did it become, + that at length he determined to be done with it. He could live no more. He + would die, and by his own hand, before he was called upon to witness the + death of the man whom he had murdered. To this end he made his + preparations. For Noma he left no message; for though his heart still + hungered after her, he knew well that she hated him and would rejoice at + his death. + </p> + <p> + When all was ready he sat down to think a while, and as he thought, a man + entered his hut saying that the Messenger desired to see him. At first he + was minded not to go, then it occurred to him that it would be well if he + could die with a clean heart. Why should he not tell all to the white man, + and before he could be delivered up to justice take that poison which he + had prepared? It was impossible that he should be forgiven, yet he desired + that his victim should learn how deep was his sorrow and repentance, + before he proved it by preceding him to death. So he rose and went. + </p> + <p> + He found Owen in his house, lying in a rude chair and propped up by + pillows of bark. Now he was wasted almost to a shadow, and in the pale + pinched face his dark eyes, always large and spiritual, shone with + unnatural lustre, while his delicate hands were so thin that when he held + them up in blessing the light showed through them. + </p> + <p> + “Welcome, friend,” he said. “Tell me, why have you deserted me of late? + Have you been ill?” + </p> + <p> + “No, Messenger,” answered Hokosa, “that is, not in my body. I have been + sick at heart, and therefore I have not come.” + </p> + <p> + “What, Hokosa, do your doubts still torment you? I thought that my prayers + had been heard, and that power had been given me to set them at rest for + ever. Man, let me hear the trouble, and swiftly, for cannot you who are a + doctor see that I shall not be here for long to talk with you? My days are + numbered, Hokosa, and my work is almost done.” + </p> + <p> + “I know it,” answered Hokosa. “And, Messenger, <i>my</i> days are also + numbered.” + </p> + <p> + “How is this?” asked Owen, “seeing that you are well and strong. Does an + enemy put you in danger of your life?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Messenger, and I myself am that enemy; for to-day I, who am no + longer fit to live, must die by my own hand. Nay, listen and you will say + that I do well, for before I go I would tell you all. Messenger, you are + doomed, are you not? Well, it was I who doomed you. That fruit which you + ate a while ago was poisoned, and by my hand, for I am a master of such + arts. From the beginning I hated you, as well I might, for had you not + worsted me and torn power from my grasp, and placed the people and the + king under the rule of another God? Therefore, when all else failed, I + determined to murder you, and I did the deed by means of that woman who + not long ago was hung for the killing of her sister, though in truth she + was innocent.” And he told him what had passed between himself and the + woman, and told him also of the plot which he had hatched to kill Nodwengo + and the Christians, and to set Hafela on the throne. + </p> + <p> + “She was innocent,” he went on, “but I am guilty. How guilty you and I + know alone. Do you remember that day when you ate the fruit, how after it + I accompanied you to the church yonder and listened to your preaching? + ‘Your sin shall find you out,’ you said, and of a surety mine has found me + out. For, Messenger, it came about that in listening to you then and + afterwards, I grew to love you and to believe the words you taught, and + therefore am I of all men the most miserable, and therefore must I, who + have been great and the councillor of kings, perish miserably by the death + of a dog. + </p> + <p> + “Now curse me, and let me go.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0017" id="link2HCH0017"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVII + </h2> + <h3> + THE LOOSING OF NOMA + </h3> + <p> + When Owen heard that it was Hokosa who had poisoned him, he groaned and + hid his face in his hands, and thus he remained till the evil tale was + finished. Now he lifted his head and spoke, but not to Hokosa. + </p> + <p> + “O God,” he said, “I thank Thee that at the cost of my poor life Thou hast + been pleased to lead this sinner towards the Gate of Righteousness, and to + save alive those whom Thou hast sent me to gather to Thy Fold.” + </p> + <p> + Then he looked at Hokosa and said:— + </p> + <p> + “Unhappy man, is not your cup full enough of crime, and have you not + sufficiently tempted the mercy of Heaven, that you would add to all your + evil deeds that of self-murder?” + </p> + <p> + “It is better to die to-day by my own hand,” answered Hokosa, “than + to-morrow among the mockery of the people to fall a victim to your + vengeance, Messenger.” + </p> + <p> + “Vengeance! Did I speak to you of vengeance? Who am I that I should take + vengeance upon one who has repented? Hokosa, freely do I forgive you all, + even as in some few days I hope to be forgiven. Freely and fully from my + heart do I forgive you, nor shall my lips tell one word of the sin that + you have worked against me.” + </p> + <p> + Now, when Hokosa heard those words, for a moment he stared stupefied; then + he fell upon his knees before Owen, and bowing his head till it touched + the teacher’s feet, he burst into bitter weeping. + </p> + <p> + “Rise and hearken,” said Owen gently. “Weep not because I have shown + kindness to you, for that is my duty and no more, but for your sins in + your own heart weep now and ever. Yet for your comfort I tell you that if + you do this, of a surety they shall be forgiven to you. <i>Hokosa, you + have indeed lost that which you loved, and henceforth you must follow + after that which you did not desire. In the very grave of error you have + found truth, and from the depths of sin you shall pluck righteousness. Ay, + that Cross which you deemed accursed shall lift you up on high, for by it + you shall be saved.</i>” + </p> + <p> + Hokosa heard and shivered. + </p> + <p> + “Who set those words between your lips, Messenger?” he whispered. + </p> + <p> + “Who set them, Hokosa? Nay, I know not—or rather, I know well. He + set them Who teaches us to speak all things that are good.” + </p> + <p> + “It must be so, indeed,” replied Hokosa. “Yet I have heard them before; I + have heard them from the lips of the dead, and with them went this + command: that when they fell upon my ears again I should ‘take them for a + sign, and let my heart be turned.’” + </p> + <p> + “Tell me that tale,” said Owen. + </p> + <p> + So he told him, and this time it was the white man who trembled. + </p> + <p> + “Horrible has been your witchcraft, O Son of Darkness!” said Owen, when he + had finished; “yet it would seem that it was permitted to you to find + truth in the pit of sorcery. Obey, obey, and let your heart be turned. The + dead told you that you should be set high above the nation and its king, + and that saying I cannot read, though it may be fulfilled in some fashion + of which to-day you do not think. At the least, the other saying is true, + that in the end comes judgment, and that there shall the sin and the + atonement strive together; therefore for judgment prepare yourself. And + now depart, for I must talk with the king as to this matter of the + onslaught of Hafela.” + </p> + <p> + “Then, that will be the signal for my death, for what king can forgive one + who has plotted such treachery against him?” said Hokosa. + </p> + <p> + “Fear not,” answered Owen, “I will soften his heart. Go you into the + church and pray, for there you shall be less tempted; but before you go, + swear to me that you will work no evil on yourself.” + </p> + <p> + “I swear it, Messenger, since now I desire to live, if only for awhile, + seeing that death shuts every door.” + </p> + <p> + Then he went to the church and waited there. An hour later he was + summoned, and found the king seated with Owen. + </p> + <p> + “Man,” said Nodwengo, “I am told by the Messenger here that you have + knowledge of a plot which my brother the Prince Hafela has made to fall + treacherously upon me and put me and my people to the spear. How you come + to be acquainted with the plot, and what part you have played in it, I + will not now inquire, for so much have I promised to the Messenger. Yet I + warn you it will be well that you should tell me all you know, and that + should you lie to me or attempt to deceive me, then you shall surely die.” + </p> + <p> + “King, hear all the truth,” answered Hokosa in a voice of desperate calm. + “I have knowledge of the plot, for it was I who wove it; but whether or + not Hafela will carry it out altogether I cannot say, for as yet no word + has reached me from him. King, this was the plan that I made.” And he told + him everything. + </p> + <p> + “It is fortunate for you, Hokosa,” said Nodwengo grimly when he had + finished, “that I gave my word to the Messenger that no harm should come + to you, seeing that you have repented and confessed. This is certain, that + Hafela has listened to your evil counsels, for I gave my consent to his + flight from this land with all his people, and already his women and + children have crossed the mountain path in thousands. Well, this I swear, + that their feet shall tread it no more, for where they are thither he + shall go to join them, should he chance to live to do so. Hokosa, begone, + and know that day and night you will be watched. Should you so much as + dare to approach one of the gates of the Great Place, that moment you + shall die.” + </p> + <p> + “Have no fear, O King,” said Hokosa humbly, “for I have emptied all my + heart before you. The past is the past, and cannot be recalled. For the + future, while it pleases you to spare me, I am the most loyal of your + servants.” + </p> + <p> + “Can a man empty a spring with a pitcher?” asked the king contemptuously. + “By to-morrow this heart of yours may be full again with the blackest + treachery, O master of sin and lies. Many months ago I spared you at the + prayer of the Messenger; and now at his prayer I spare you again, yet in + doing so I think that I am foolish.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, I will answer for him,” broke in Owen. “Let him stay here with me, + and set your guard without my gates.” + </p> + <p> + “How do I know that he will not murder you, friend?” asked the king. “This + man is a snake whom few can nurse with safety.” + </p> + <p> + “He will not murder me,” said Owen smiling, “because his heart is turned + from evil to good; also, there is little need to murder a dying man.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, speak not so,” said the king hastily; “and as for this man, be it as + you will. Come, I must take counsel with my captains, for our danger is + near and great.” + </p> + <p> + So it came about that Hokosa stayed in the house of Owen. + </p> + <p> + On the morrow the Great Place was full of the bustle of preparation, and + by dawn of the following day an <i>impi</i> of some seventeen thousand + spears had started to ambush Hafela and his force in a certain wooded + defile through which he must pass on his way to the mountain pass where + his women and children were gathered. The army was not large, at least in + the eyes of the People of Fire who, before the death of Umsuka and the + break up of the nation, counted their warriors by tens of thousands. But + after those events the most of the regiments had deserted to Hafela, + leaving to Nodwengo not more than two-and-twenty thousand spears upon + which he could rely. Of these he kept less than a third to defend the + Great Place against possible attacks, and all the rest he sent to fall + upon Hafela far away, hoping there to make an end of him once and for all. + This counsel the king took against the better judgment of many of his + captains, and as the issue proved, it was mistaken. + </p> + <p> + When Owen told Hokosa of it, that old general shrugged his shoulders. + </p> + <p> + “The king would have done better to keep his regiments at home,” he said, + “and fight it out with Hafela here, where he is well prepared. Yonder the + country is very wide, and broken, and it may well chance that the <i>impi</i> + will miss that of Hafela, and then how can the king defend this place with + a handful, should the prince burst upon him at the head of forty thousand + men? But who am I that I should give counsel for which none seek?” + </p> + <p> + “As God wills, so shall it befall,” answered Owen wearily; “but oh! the + thought of all this bloodshed breaks my heart. I trust that its beatings + may be stilled before my eyes behold the evil hour.” + </p> + <p> + On the evening of that day Hokosa was baptised. The ceremony took place, + not in the church, for Owen was too weak to go there, but in the largest + room of his house and before some few witnesses chosen from the + congregation. Even as he was being signed with the sign of the cross, a + strange and familiar attraction caused the convert to look up, and behold, + before him, watching all with mocking eyes, stood Noma his wife. At length + the rite was finished, and the little audience melted away, all save Noma, + who stood silent and beautiful as a statue, the light of mockery still + gleaming in her eyes. Then she spoke, saying:— + </p> + <p> + “I greet you, Husband. I have returned from doing your business afar, and + if this foolishness is finished, and the white man can spare you, I would + talk with you alone.” + </p> + <p> + “I greet you, Wife,” answered Hokosa. “Say out your say, for none are + present save us three, and from the Messenger here I have no secrets.” + </p> + <p> + “What, Husband, none? Do you ever talk to him of certain fruit that you + ripened in a garden yonder?” + </p> + <p> + “From the Messenger I have no secrets,” repeated Hokosa in a heavy voice. + </p> + <p> + “Then his heart must be full of them indeed, and it is little wonder that + he seems sick,” replied Noma, gibing. “Tell me, Hokosa, is it true that + you have become a Christian, or would you but fool the white man and his + following?” + </p> + <p> + “It is true.” + </p> + <p> + At the words her graceful shape was shaken with a little gust of silent + laughter. + </p> + <p> + “The wizard has turned saint,” she said. “Well, then, what of the wizard’s + wife?” + </p> + <p> + “You were my wife before I became Christian; if the Messenger permits it, + you can still abide with me.” + </p> + <p> + “If the Messenger permits it! So you have come to this, Hokosa, that you + must ask the leave of another man as to whether or no you should keep your + own wife! There is no other thing that I could not have thought of you, + but this I would never have believed had I not heard it from your lips. + Say now, do you still love me, Hokosa?” + </p> + <p> + “You know well that I love you, now and always,” he answered, in a voice + that sounded like a groan; “as you know that for love of you I have done + many sins from which otherwise I should have turned aside.” + </p> + <p> + “Grieve not over them, Hokosa; after all, in such a count as yours they + will make but little show. Well, if you love me, I hate you, though + through your witchcraft your will yet has the mastery of mine. I demand of + you now that you should loose that bond, for I do not desire to become a + Christian; and surely, O most good and holy man, having one wife already, + it will not please you henceforth to live in sin with a heathen woman.” + </p> + <p> + Now Hokosa turned to Owen:— + </p> + <p> + “In the old days,” he said, “I could have answered her; but now I am + fallen; or raised up—at the least I am changed and cannot. O prophet + of Heaven, tell me what I shall do.” + </p> + <p> + “Sever the bond that you have upon her and let her go,” answered Owen. + “This love of yours is unnatural, unholy and born of witchcraft; have done + with it, or if you cannot, at the least deny it, for such a woman, a woman + who hates you, can work you no good. Moreover, since she is a second wife, + you being a Christian, are bound to free her should she so desire.” + </p> + <p> + “She can work me no good, Messenger, that I know; but I know also that + while she struggles in the net of my will she can work me no evil. If I + loose the net and the fish swims free, it may be otherwise.” + </p> + <p> + “Loose it,” answered Owen, “and leave the rest to Providence. Henceforth, + Hokosa, do right, and take no thought for the morrow, for the morrow is + with God, and what He decrees, that shall befall.” + </p> + <p> + “I hear you,” said Hokosa, “and I obey.” For a while he rocked himself to + and fro, staring at the ground, then he lifted his head and spoke:— + </p> + <p> + “Woman,” he said, “the knot is untied and the spell is broken. Begone, for + I release you and I divorce you. Flesh of my flesh have you been, and soul + of my soul, for in the web of sorceries are we knit together. Yet be + warned and presume not too far, for remember that which I have laid down I + can take up, and that should I choose to command, you must still obey. + Farewell, you are free.” + </p> + <p> + Noma heard, and with a sigh of ecstasy she sprang into the air as a slave + might do from whom the fetters have been struck off. + </p> + <p> + “Ay,” she cried, “I am free! I feel it in my blood, I who have lain in + bondage, and the voice of freedom speaks in my heart and the breath of + freedom blows in my nostrils. I am free from you, O dark and accursed man; + but herein lies my triumph and revenge—<i>you</i> are not free from + me. In obedience to that white fool whom you have murdered, you have + loosed me; but you I will not loose and could not if I would. Listen now, + Hokosa: you love me, do you not?—next to this new creed of yours, I + am most of all to you. Well, since you have divorced me, I will tell you, + I go straight to another man. Now, look your last on me; for you love me, + do you not?” and she slipped the mantle from her shoulders and except for + her girdle stood before him naked, and smiled. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” she went on, resuming her robe, “the last words of those we love + are always dear to us; therefore, Hokosa, you who were my husband, I leave + mine with you. You are a coward and a traitor, and your doom shall be that + of a coward and a traitor. For my sake you betrayed Umsuka, your king and + benefactor; for your own sake you betrayed Nodwengo, who spared you; and + now, for the sake of your miserable soul, you have betrayed Hafela to + Nodwengo. Nay, I know the tale, do not answer me, but the end of it—ah! + that is yet to learn. Lie there, snake, and lick the hand that you have + bitten, but I, the bird whom you have loosed, I fly afar—taking your + heart with me!” and suddenly she turned and was gone. + </p> + <p> + Presently Hokosa spoke in a thick voice:— + </p> + <p> + “Messenger,” he said, “this cross that you have given me to bear is heavy + indeed.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Hokosa,” answered Owen, “for to it your sins are nailed.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0018" id="link2HCH0018"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVIII + </h2> + <h3> + THE PASSING OF OWEN + </h3> + <p> + Once she was outside of Owen’s house, Noma did not tarry. First she + returned to Hokosa’s kraal, where she had already learnt from his head + wife, Zinti, and others the news of his betrayal of the plot of Hafela, of + his conversion to the faith of the Christians, and of the march of the <i>impi</i> + to ambush the prince. Here she took a little spear, and rolling up in a + skin blanket as much dried meat as she could carry, she slipped unnoticed + from the kraal. Her object was to escape from the Great Place, but this + she did not try to do by any of the gates, knowing them to be guarded. + Some months ago, before she started on her embassy, she had noted a weak + spot in the fence, where dogs had torn a hole through which they passed + out to hunt at night. To this spot she made her way under cover of the + darkness—for though she still greatly feared to be alone at night, + her pressing need conquered her fears—and found that the hole was + yet there, for a tall weed growing in its mouth had caused it to be + overlooked by those whose duty it was to mend the fence. With her assegai + she widened it a little, then drew her lithe shape through it, and lying + hidden till the guard had passed, climbed the two stone walls beyond. Once + she was free of the town, she set her course by the stars and started + forward at a steady run. + </p> + <p> + “If my strength holds I shall yet be in time to warn him,” she muttered to + herself. “Ah! friend Hokosa, this new madness of yours has blunted your + wits that once were sharp enough. You have set me free, and now you shall + learn how I can use my freedom. Not for nothing have I been your pupil, + Hokosa the fox.” + </p> + <p> + Before the dawn broke Noma was thirty miles from the Great Place, and + before the next dawn she was a hundred. At sunset on that second day she + stood among mountains. To her right stretched a great defile, a rugged + place of rocks and bush, wherein she knew that the regiments of the king + were hid in ambush. Perchance she was too late, perchance the <i>impi</i> + of Hafela had already passed to its doom in yonder gorge. Swiftly she ran + forward on to the trail which led to the gorge, to find that it had been + trodden by many feet and recently. Moving to and fro she searched the + spoor with her eyes, then rose with a sigh of joy. It was old, and marked + the passage of the great company of women and children and their thousands + of cattle which, in execution of the plot, had travelled this path some + days before. Either the <i>impi</i> had not yet arrived, or it had gone by + some other road. Weary as she was, Noma followed the old spoor backwards. + A mile or more away it crossed the crest of a hog-backed mountain, from + whose summit she searched the plain beyond, and not in vain, for there far + beneath her twinkled the watch-fires of the army of Hafela. + </p> + <p> + Three hours later a woman, footsore and utterly exhausted, staggered into + the camp, and waving aside the spears that were lifted to stab her, + demanded to be led to the prince. Presently she was there. + </p> + <p> + “Who is this woman?” asked the great warrior; for, haggard as she was with + travel, exhaustion, and the terror of her haunted loneliness, he did not + know her in the uncertain firelight. + </p> + <p> + “Hafela,” she said, “I am Noma who was the wife of Hokosa, and for whole + nights and days I have journeyed as no woman ever journeyed before, to + tell you of the treachery of Hokosa and to save you from your doom.” + </p> + <p> + “What treachery and what doom?” asked the prince. + </p> + <p> + “Before I answer you that question, Hafela, you must pay me the price of + my news.” + </p> + <p> + “Let me hear the price, Noma.” + </p> + <p> + “It is this, Prince: First, the head of Hokosa, who has divorced me, when + you have caught him.” + </p> + <p> + “That I promise readily. What more?” + </p> + <p> + “Secondly, the place of your chief wife to-day; and a week hence, when I + shall have made you king, the name and state of Queen of the People of + Fire with all that hangs thereto.” + </p> + <p> + “You are ambitious, woman, and know well how to drive a bargain. Well, if + you can ask, I can give, for I have ever loved you, and your mind is great + as your body is beautiful. If through your help I should become King of + the People of Fire, you shall be their Queen, I swear it by the spirits of + my fathers and by my own head. And now—your tidings.” + </p> + <p> + “These are they, Hafela. Hokosa has turned Christian and betrayed the plot + to Nodwengo; and the great gorge yonder but three hours march away is + ambushed. To-morrow you and your people would have been cut off there had + I not run so fast and far to warn you, after which the <i>impis</i> of + Nodwengo were commanded to follow your women and cattle over the mountain + pass and capture them.” + </p> + <p> + “This is news indeed,” said the prince. “Say now, how many regiments are + hidden in the gorge?” + </p> + <p> + “Eight.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, I have fourteen; so, being warned, there is little to fear. I will + catch these rats in their own hole.” + </p> + <p> + “I have a better plan,” said Noma; “it is this: leave six regiments posted + upon the brow of yonder hill and let them stay there. Then when the + generals of Nodwengo see that they do not enter the gorge, they will + believe that the ambush is discovered, and, after waiting one day or + perhaps two, will move out to give battle, thinking that before them is + all your strength. But command your regiments to run and not to fight, + drawing the army of Nodwengo after them. Meanwhile, yes, this very night, + you yourself with all the men that are left to you must march upon the + Great Place, which, though it be strong, can be stormed, for it is + defended by less than five thousand soldiers. There, having taken it, you + shall slay Nodwengo, proclaiming yourself king, and afterwards, by the + help of the <i>impi</i> that you leave here which will march onward to + your succour, you can deal with yonder army.” + </p> + <p> + “A great scheme truly,” said Hafela in admiration; “but how do I know + whether all this tale is true, or whether you do but set a snare for me?” + </p> + <p> + “Bid scouts go out and creep into yonder gully,” answered Noma, “and you + will see whether or no I have spoken falsely. For the rest, I am in your + hands, and if I lie you can take my life in payment.” + </p> + <p> + “If I march upon the Great Place, it must be at midnight when none see me + go,” said Hafela, “and what will you do then, Noma, who are too weary to + travel again so soon?” + </p> + <p> + “I will be borne in a litter till my strength comes back to me,” she + answered. “And now give me to eat and let me rest while I may.” + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + Five hours later, Hafela with the most of his army, a force of something + over twenty thousand men, was journeying swiftly but by a circuitous route + towards the Great Place of the king. On the crest of the hill facing the + gorge, as Noma had suggested, he left six regiments with instructions to + fly before Nodwengo’s generals, and when they had led them far enough, to + follow him as swiftly as they were able. These orders, or rather the first + part of them, they carried out, for as it chanced after two days’ flight, + the king’s soldiers got behind them by a night march, and falling on them + at dawn, killed half of them and dispersed the rest. Then it was that + Nodwengo’s generals learned for the first time that they were following + one wing of Hafela’s army only, while the main body was striking at the + heart of the kingdom, and turned their faces homewards in fear and haste. + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + On the morning after the flight of Noma, Owen passed into the last stage + of his sickness, and it became evident, both to himself and to those who + watched him, that at the most he could not live for more than a few days. + For his part, he accepted his doom joyfully, spending the time which was + left to him in writing letters that were to be forwarded to England + whenever an opportunity should arise. Also he set down on paper a + statement of the principal events of his strange mission, and other + information for the guidance of his white successors, who by now should be + drawing near to the land of the Amasuka. In the intervals of these last + labours, from time to time he summoned the king and the wisest and + trustiest of them whom he had baptised to his bedside, teaching them what + they should do when he was gone, and exhorting them to cling to the Faith. + </p> + <p> + On the afternoon of the fourth day from that of the baptism of Hokosa he + fell into a quiet sleep, from which he did not wake till sundown. + </p> + <p> + “Am I still here?” he asked wondering, of John and Hokosa who watched at + his bedside. “From my dreams I thought that it was otherwise. John, send a + messenger to the king and ask of him to assemble the people, all who care + to come, in the open place before my house. I am about to die, and first I + would speak with them.” + </p> + <p> + John went weeping upon his errand, leaving Owen and Hokosa alone. + </p> + <p> + “Tell me now what shall I do?” said Hokosa in a voice of despair, “seeing + that it is I and no other who have brought this death upon you.” + </p> + <p> + “Fret not, my brother,” answered Owen, “for this and other things you did + in the days of your blindness, and it was permitted that you should do + them to an end. Kneel down now, that I may absolve you from your sins + before I pass away; for I tell you, Hokosa, I believe that ere many days + are over you must walk on the same path which I travel to-night.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it so?” Hokosa answered. “Well, I am glad, for I have no longer any + lust of life.” + </p> + <p> + Then he knelt down and received the absolution. + </p> + <p> + Now John returned and Nodwengo with him, who told him that the people were + gathering in hundreds according to his wish. + </p> + <p> + “Then clothe me in my robes and let us go forth,” he said, “for I would + speak my last words in the ears of men.” + </p> + <p> + So they put the surplice and hood upon his wasted form and went out, John + preceding him holding on high the ivory crucifix, while the king and + Hokosa supported him, one on either side. + </p> + <p> + Without his gate stood a low wooden platform, whence at times Owen had + been accustomed to address any congregation larger than the church would + contain. On this platform he took his seat. The moon was bright above him, + and by it he could see that already his audience numbered some thousands + of men, women and children. The news had spread that the wonderful white + man, Messenger, wished to take his farewell of the nation, though even now + many did not understand that he was dying, but imagined that he was about + to leave the country, or, for aught they knew, to vanish from their sight + into Heaven. For a moment Owen looked at the sea of dusky faces, then in + the midst of an intense stillness, he spoke in a voice low indeed but + clear and steady:— + </p> + <p> + “My children,” he said, “hear my last words to you. More than three years + ago, in a far, far land and upon such a night as this, a Voice spoke to me + from above commanding me to seek you out, to turn you from your idolatry + and to lighten your darkness. I listened to the Voice, and hither I + journeyed across sea and land, though how this thing might be done I could + not guess. But to Him Who sent me all things are possible, and while yet I + lingered upon the threshold of your country, in a dream were revealed to + me events that were to come. So I appeared before you boldly, and knowing + that he had been poisoned and that I could cure him, I drew back your king + from the mouth of death, and you said to yourselves: ‘Behold a wizard + indeed! Let us hear him.’ Then I gave battle to your sorcerers yonder upon + the plain, and from the foot of the Cross I teach, the lightnings were + rolled back upon them and they were not. Look now, their chief stands at + my side, among my disciples one of the foremost and most faithful. + Afterwards troubles arose: your king died a Christian, and many of the + people fell away; but still a remnant remained, and he who became king was + converted to the truth. Now I have sown the seed, and the corn is ripe + before my eyes, but it is not permitted that I should reap the harvest. My + work is ended, my task is done, and I, the Messenger, return to make + report to Him Who sent the message. + </p> + <p> + “Hear me yet a little while, for soon shall my voice be silent. ‘I come + not to bring peace, but a sword,’—so said the Master Whom I preach, + and so say I, the most unworthy of His servants. Salvation cannot be + bought at a little price; it must be paid for by the blood and griefs of + men, and in blood and griefs must you pay, O my children. Through much + tribulation must you also enter the kingdom of God. Even now the heathen + is at your gates, and many of you shall perish on his spears, but I tell + you that he shall not conquer. Be faithful, cling to the Cross, and do not + dare to doubt your Lord, for He will be your Captain and you shall be His + people. Cleave to your king, for he is good; and in the day of trial + listen to the counsel of this Hokosa who once was the first of evil-doers, + for with him goes my spirit, and he is my son in the spirit. + </p> + <p> + “My children, fare you well! Forget me not, for I have loved you; or if + you will, forget me, but remember my teaching and hearken to those who + shall tread upon the path I made. The peace of God be with you, the + blessing of God be upon you, and the salvation of God await you, as it + awaits me to-night! Friends, lead me hence to die.” + </p> + <p> + They turned to him, but before their hands touched him Thomas Owen fell + forward upon the breast of Hokosa and lay there a while. Then suddenly, + for the last time, he lifted himself and cried aloud:— + </p> + <p> + “I have fought a good fight! I have finished my course! I have kept the + faith! Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness . . . + and not to me only, but to all those who love His appearing.” + </p> + <p> + Then his head fell back, his dark eyes closed, and the Messenger was dead. + </p> + <p> + Hokosa, the man who had murdered him, having lifted him up to show him to + the people, amidst a sound of mighty weeping, took the body in his arms + and bore it thence to make it ready for burial. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0019" id="link2HCH0019"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIX + </h2> + <h3> + THE FALL OF THE GREAT PLACE + </h3> + <p> + On the morrow at sundown all that remained of Thomas Owen was laid to rest + before the altar of the little church, Nodwengo the king and Hokosa + lowering him into the grave, while John, his first disciple, read over him + the burial service of the Christians, which it had been one of the dead + man’s last labours to translate into the language of the Amasuka. + </p> + <p> + Before the ceremony was finished, a soldier, carrying a spear in his hand, + pushed his way through the dense and weeping crowd, and having saluted, + whispered something into the ear of the king. Nodwengo started, and, with + a last look of farewell at the face of his friend, left the chapel, + accompanied by some of his generals who were present, muttering to Hokosa + that he was to follow when all was done. Accordingly, some few minutes + later, he went and was admitted into the Council Hut, where captains and + messengers were to be seen arriving and departing continuously. + </p> + <p> + “Hokosa,” said the king, “you have dealt treacherously with me in the + past, but I believe now that your heart is true; at the least I follow the + commands of our dead master and trust you. Listen: the outposts have + sighted an <i>impi</i> of many regiments advancing towards the Great + Place, though whether or no it be my own <i>impi</i> returning victorious + from the war with my brother, I cannot say. There is this against it, + however, that a messenger has but just arrived reporting that the generals + have perceived the host of Hafela encamped upon a ridge over against the + gorge where they awaited him. If that be so, they can scarcely have given + him battle, for the messenger is swift of foot and has travelled night and + day. Yet how can this be the <i>impi</i> of Hafela, who, say the generals, + is encamped upon the ridge?” + </p> + <p> + “He may have left the ridge, King, having been warned of the ambush.” + </p> + <p> + “It cannot be, for when the runner started his fires burned there and his + soldiers were gathered round them.” + </p> + <p> + “Then perhaps his captains sit upon the ridge with some portion of his + strength to deceive those who await him in the gorge; while, knowing that + here men are few, he himself swoops down on you with the main body of his + <i>impi</i>.” + </p> + <p> + “At least we shall learn presently,” answered the king; “but if it be as I + fear and we are outwitted, what is there that we can do against so many?” + </p> + <p> + Now one of the captains proposed that they should stay where they were and + hold the place. + </p> + <p> + “It is too large,” answered the king, “they will burst the fences and + break our line.” + </p> + <p> + Another suggested that they should fly and, avoiding the regiments of + Hafela in the darkness of the night, should travel swiftly in search of + the main army that had been sent to lie in ambush. + </p> + <p> + “What,” said Nodwengo, “leaving the aged and the women and children to + perish, for how can we take such a multitude? No, I will have none of this + plan.” + </p> + <p> + Then Hokosa spoke. “King,” he said, “listen to my counsel: Command now + that all the women and the old men, taking with them such cattle and food + as are in the town, depart at once into the Valley of Death and collect in + the open space that lies beyond the Tree of Doom, near the spring of water + that is there. The valley is narrow and the cliffs are steep, and it may + chance that by the help of Heaven we shall be able to hold it till the + army returns to relieve us, to seek which messengers must be sent at once + with these tidings.” + </p> + <p> + “The plan is good,” said the king, though none had thought of it; “but so + we shall lose the town.” + </p> + <p> + “Towns can be rebuilt,” answered Hokosa, “but who may restore the lives of + men?” + </p> + <p> + As the words left his lips, a runner burst into the council, crying: + “King, the <i>impi</i> is that of Hafela, and the prince heads it in + person. Already his outposts rest upon the Plain of Fire.” + </p> + <p> + Then Nodwengo rose and issued his orders, commanding that all the + ineffective population of the town, together with such food and cattle as + could be gathered, should retreat at once into the Valley of Death. By + this time the four or five thousand soldiers who were left in the Great + Place had been paraded on the open ground in front of the king’s house, + where they stood, still and silent, in the moonlight. Nodwengo and the + captains went out to them, and as they saw him come they lifted their + spears like one man, giving him the royal salute of “King!” He held up his + hand and addressed them. + </p> + <p> + “Soldiers,” he said, “we have been outwitted. My <i>impi</i> is afar, and + that of Hafela is at our gates. Yonder in the valley, though we be few, we + can defend ourselves till succour reaches us, which already messengers + have gone out to seek. But first we must give time for the women and + children, the sick and the aged, to withdraw with food and cattle; and + this we can do in one way only, by keeping Hafela at bay till they have + passed the archway, all of them. Now, soldiers, for the sake of your own + lives, of your honour and of those you love, swear to me, in the holy Name + which we have been taught to worship, that you will fight out this great + fight without fear or faltering.” + </p> + <p> + “We swear it in the holy Name, and by your head, King,” roared the + regiments. + </p> + <p> + “Then victory is already ours,” answered Nodwengo. “Follow me, Children of + Fire!” and shaking his great spear, he led the way towards that portion of + the outer fence upon which Hafela was advancing. + </p> + <p> + By now the town behind them was a scene of almost indescribable tumult and + confusion, for the companies detailed to the task were clearing the + numberless huts of their occupants, and collecting women, children and + oxen in thousands, preparatory to driving them into the defile. Panic had + seized many of these poor creatures, who, in imagination, already saw + themselves impaled upon the cruel spears of Hafela’s troops, and indeed in + not a few instances believed those who were urging them forward to be the + enemy. Women shrieked and wrung their hands, children wailed piteously, + oxen lowed, and the infirm and aged vented their grief in groans and cries + to Heaven, or their ancient god, for mercy. In truth, so difficult was the + task of marshalling this motley array at night, numbering as it did ten or + twelve thousand souls, that a full hour went by before the mob even began + to move, slowly and uncertainly, towards the place of refuge, whereof the + opening was so narrow that but few of them could pass it at a time. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile Hafela was developing the attack. Forming his great army into + the shape of a wedge he raised his battle-cry and rushed down on the first + line of fortifications, which he stormed without difficulty, for they were + defended by a few skirmishers only. Next he attacked the second line, and + carried it after heavy fighting, then hurled himself upon the weakest + point of the main fence of the vast kraal. Here it was that the fray began + in earnest, for here Nodwengo was waiting for him. Thrice the thousands + rolled on in the face of a storm of spears, and thrice they fell back from + the wide fence of thorns and the wall of stone behind it. By now the + battle had raged for about an hour and a half, and it was reported to the + king that the first of the women and children had passed the archway into + the valley, and that nearly all of them were clear of the eastern gate of + the town. + </p> + <p> + “Then it is time that we follow them,” said the king, “for if we wait here + until the warriors of Hafela are among us, our retreat will become a rout + and soon there will be none left to follow. Let one company,” and he named + it, “hold the fence for a while to give us time to withdraw, taking the + wounded with us.” + </p> + <p> + “We hear you, king,” said one of that company, “but our captain is + killed.” + </p> + <p> + “Who among you will take over the command of these men and hold the + breach?” asked Nodwengo of the group of officers about him. + </p> + <p> + “I, King,” answered old Hokosa, lifting his spear, “for I care not whether + I live or die.” + </p> + <p> + “Go to, boaster!” cried another. “Who among us cares whether he lives or + dies when the king commands?” + </p> + <p> + “That we shall know to-morrow,” said Hokosa quietly, and the soldiers + laughed at the retort. + </p> + <p> + “So be it,” said the king, and while silently and swiftly he led off the + regiments, keeping in the shadow of the huts, Hokosa and his hundred men + posted themselves behind the weakened fence and wall. Now, for the fourth + time the attacking regiment came forward grimly, on this occasion led by + the prince himself. As they drew near, Hokosa leapt upon the wall, and + standing there in the bright moonlight where all could see him, he called + to them to halt. Instinctively they obeyed him. + </p> + <p> + “Is it Hafela whom I see yonder?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Ah! it is I,” answered the prince. “What would you with me, wizard and + traitor?” + </p> + <p> + “This only, Hafela: I would ask you what you seek here?” + </p> + <p> + “That which you promised me, Hokosa, the crown of my father and certain + other things.” + </p> + <p> + “Then get you back, Hafela, for you shall never win them.. Have I + prophesied falsely to you at any time? Not so—neither do I prophesy + falsely now. Get you back whence you came, and your wolves with you, else + shall you bide here for ever.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you dare to call down evil on me, Wizard?” shouted the prince + furiously. “Your wife is mine, and now I take your life also,” and with + all his strength he hurled at him the great spear he held. + </p> + <p> + It hissed past Hokosa’s head, touching his ear, but he never flinched from + the steel. + </p> + <p> + “A poor cast, Prince,” he said laughing; “but so it must have been, for I + am guarded by that which you cannot see. My wife you have, and she shall + be your ruin; my life you may take, but ere it leaves me, Hafela, I shall + see you dead and your army scattered. The Messenger is passed away, but + his power has fallen upon me and I speak the truth to you, O Prince and + warriors, who are—already dead.” + </p> + <p> + Now a shriek of dismay and fury rose from the hundreds who heard this + prophesy of ill, for of Hokosa and his magic they were terribly afraid. + </p> + <p> + “Kill him! Kill the wizard!” they shouted, and a rain of spears rushed + towards him on the wall. + </p> + <p> + They rushed towards him, they passed above, below, around; but, of them + all, not one touched him. + </p> + <p> + “Did I not tell you that I was guarded by That which you cannot see?” + Hokosa asked contemptuously. Then slowly he descended from the wall amidst + a great silence. + </p> + <p> + “When men are scarce the tongue must play a part,” he explained to his + companions, who stared at him wondering. “By now the king and those with + him should have reached the eastern gate; whereas, had we fought at once, + Hafela would be hard upon his heels, for we are few, and who can hold a + buffalo with a rope of grass? Yet I think that I spoke truth when I told + him that the garment of the Messenger has fallen upon my shoulders, and + that death awaits him and his companions, as it awaits me also and many of + us. Now, friends, be ready, for the bull charges and soon we must feel his + horns. This at least is left to you, to die gloriously.” + </p> + <p> + While he was still speaking the first files of the regiment rushed upon + the fence, tearing aside the thorns with their hands till a passage was + made through them. Then they sprang upon the wall, there to be met by the + spears of Hokosa and his men thrusting upward from beneath its shelter. + Time after time they sprang, and time after time they fell back dead or + wounded, till at last, dashing forward in one dense column, they poured + over the stones as the rising tide pours over the rocks on the sea-shore, + driving the defenders before them by the sheer weight of numbers. + </p> + <p> + “This game is played!” cried Hokosa. “Fly now to the eastern gate, for + here we can do nothing more.” + </p> + <p> + So they fled, those who survived of them, and after them came the + thousands of the foe, sacking and firing the deserted town as they + advanced. + </p> + <p> + Hokosa and his men, or rather the half of them, reached the gate and + passed it in safety, barring it after them, and thereby delaying the + attackers till they could burst their way through. Now hundreds of huts + were afire, and the flames spread swiftly, lighting up the country far and + wide. In the glare of them, Hokosa could see that already a full + two-thirds of the crowd of fugitives had passed the narrow arch; while + Nodwengo and the soldiers were drawn up in companies upon the steep and + rocky slope that led to it, protecting their retreat. + </p> + <p> + He advanced to the king and reported himself. + </p> + <p> + “So you have lived through it,” said Nodwengo. + </p> + <p> + “I shall die when my hour comes, and not before,” Hokosa answered. “We did + well yonder, and yet the most of us are alive to tell the tale, for I knew + when and how to go. Be ready, king, for the foe press us close, and that + mob behind us crawls onward like a snail.” + </p> + <p> + As he spoke the pursuers broke through the fence and gate of the burning + town, and once more the fight began. They had the advantage of numbers; + but Nodwengo and his troops stood in a wide road upon higher ground + protected on either side by walls, and were, moreover, rested, not + breathless and weary with travel like the men of Hafela. Slowly, fighting, + every inch of the way, Nodwengo was pushed back, and slowly the long + ant-like line of women and sick and cattle crept through the opening in + the rock, till at length all of them were gone. + </p> + <p> + “It is time,” said Nodwengo, glancing behind him, “for our arms grow + weary.” + </p> + <p> + Then he gave orders, and company by company the defending force followed + on the path of the fugitives, till at length amidst a roar of rage and + disappointment, the last of them vanished through the arch, Hokosa among + them, and the place was blocked with stones, above which shone a hedge of + spears. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0020" id="link2HCH0020"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XX + </h2> + <h3> + NOMA SETS A SNARE + </h3> + <p> + Thus ended the first night’s battle, since for this time the enemy had + fought enough. Nodwengo and his men had also had enough, for out of the + five thousand of them some eleven hundred were killed or wounded. Yet they + might not rest, for all that night, assisted by the women, they laboured, + building stone walls across the narrowest parts of the valley. Also the + cattle, women and children were moved along the gorge, which in shape may + be compared to a bottle with two necks, one at either end, and encamped in + the opening of the second neck, where was the spring of water. This spot + was chosen both because here alone water could be obtained, without which + they could not hold out more than a single day, and because the koppie + whereon grew the strange-looking euphorbia known as the Tree of Doom + afforded a natural rampart against attack. + </p> + <p> + Shortly after dawn, while the soldiers were resting and eating of such + food as could be procured—for the most part strips of raw or + half-cooked meat cut from hastily killed cattle—the onslaught was + renewed with vigour, Hafela directing his efforts to the forcing of the + natural archway. But, strive as he would, this he could not do, for it was + choked with stones and thorns and guarded by brave men. + </p> + <p> + “You do but waste your labour, Hafela,” said Noma, who stood by him + watching the assault. + </p> + <p> + “What then is to be done?” he asked, “for unless we come at them we cannot + kill them. It was clever of them to take refuge in this hole. I thought + surely that they would fight it out yonder, beneath the fences of the + Great Place.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah!” she answered, “you forgot that they had Hokosa on their side. Did + you then think to catch him sleeping? This retreat was Hokosa’s counsel. I + learned it from the lips of that wounded captain before they killed him. + Now, it seems that there are but two paths to follow, and you can choose + between them. The one is to send a regiment a day and a half’s journey + across the cliff top to guard the further mouth of the valley and to wait + till these jackals starve in their hole, for certainly they can never come + out.” + </p> + <p> + “It has started six hours since,” said Hafela, “and though the precipices + are steep, having the moon to travel by, it should reach the river mouth + of the valley before dawn to-morrow, cutting Nodwengo off from the plains, + if indeed he should dare to venture out upon them, which, with so small a + force, he will not do. Yet this first plan of yours must fail, Noma, + seeing that before they starve within, the generals of Nodwengo will be + back upon us from the mountains, catching us between the hammer and the + anvil, and I know not how that fight would go.” + </p> + <p> + “Yet, soon or late, it must be fought.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay,” he answered, “for my hope is that should the <i>impi</i> return to + find Nodwengo dead, they will surrender and acknowledge me as king, who am + the first of the blood royal. But what is your second plan?” + </p> + <p> + By way of answer, she pointed to the cliff above them. On the right-hand + side, facing the archway, was a flat ledge overhanging the valley, at a + height of about a hundred feet. + </p> + <p> + “If you can come yonder,” she said, “it will be easy to storm this gate, + for there lie rocks in plenty, and men cannot fight when stones are + dropping on their heads.” + </p> + <p> + “But how can we come to that home of vultures, where never man has set a + foot? Look, the cliff above is sheer; no rock-rabbit could stand upon it.” + </p> + <p> + With her eye Noma measured the distance from the brink of the precipice to + the broad ledge commanding the valley. + </p> + <p> + “Sixty paces, not more,” she said. “Well, yonder are oxen in plenty, and + out of their hides ropes can be made, and out of ropes a ladder, down + which men may pass; ten, or even five, would be enough.” + </p> + <p> + “Well thought of Noma,” said Hafela. “Hokosa told us last night that to + him had passed the wisdom of the Messenger; but if this be so, I think + that to you has passed the guile of Hokosa.” + </p> + <p> + “It seems to me that some of it abides with him,” answered Noma laughing. + </p> + <p> + Then the prince gave orders, and, with many workers of hides toiling at + it, within two hours the ladder was ready, its staves, set twenty inches + apart, being formed of knob-kerries, or the broken shafts of stabbing + spears. Now they lowered it from the top of the precipice so that its end + rested upon the ledge, and down it came several men, who swung upon its + giddy length like spiders on a web. Reaching this great shelf in safety + and advancing to the edge of it, these men started a boulder, which, + although as it chanced it hurt no one, fell in the midst of a group of the + defenders and bounded away through them. + </p> + <p> + “Now we must be going,” said Hokosa, looking up, “for no man can fight + against rocks, and our spears cannot reach those birds. Had the army been + taught the use of the bow, as I counselled in the past days, we might + still have held the archway; but they called it a woman’s weapon, and + would have none of it.” + </p> + <p> + As he spoke another stone fell, crushing the life out of a man who stood + next to him. Then they retreated to the first wall, which had been piled + up during the night, where it was not possible to roll rocks upon them + from the cliffs above. This wall, and others reared at intervals behind + it, they set to work to strengthen as much as they could, making the most + of the time that was left to them before the enemy could clear the way and + march on to attack. + </p> + <p> + Presently Hafela’s men were through and sweeping down upon them with a + roar, thinking to carry the wall at a single rush. But in this they + failed; indeed, it was only after an hour’s hard fighting and by the + expedient of continually attacking the work with fresh companies that at + length they stormed the wall. + </p> + <p> + When Hokosa saw that he could no longer hold the place, but before the foe + was upon him, he drew off his soldiers to the second wall, a quarter of a + mile or more away, and here the fight began again. And so it went on for + hour after hour, as one by one the fortifications were carried by the + weight of numbers, for the attackers fought desperately under the eye of + their prince, caring nothing for the terrible loss they suffered in men. + Twice the force of the defenders was changed by order of Nodwengo, fresh + men being sent from the companies held in reserve to take the places of + those who had borne the brunt of the battle. This indeed it was necessary + to do, seeing that it was impossible to carry water to so many, and in + that burning valley men could not fight for long athirst. Only Hokosa + stayed on, for they brought him drink in a gourd, and wherever the fray + was fiercest there he was always; nor although spears were rained upon him + by hundreds, was he touched by one of them. + </p> + <p> + At length as the night fell the king’s men were driven back from their + last scherm in the western half of the valley, across the open space back + upon the koppie where stood the Tree of Doom. Here they stayed a while + till, overmatched and outworn, they were pushed from its rocks across the + narrow stretch of broken ground into the shelter of the great stone scherm + or wall that ran from side to side of the further neck of the valley, + whereon thousands of women and such men as could be spared had been + working incessantly during the past night and day. + </p> + <p> + It was as he retreated among the last upon this wall that Hokosa caught + sight of Noma for the first time since they parted in the house of the + Messenger. In the forefront of his troops, directing the attack, was + Hafela the prince, and at his side stood Noma, carrying in her hand a + little shield and a spear. At this moment also she saw him and called + aloud to him:— + </p> + <p> + “You have fought well, Wizard, but to-morrow all your magic shall avail + you nothing, for it will be your last day upon this earth.” + </p> + <p> + “Ay, Noma,” he answered, “and yours also.” + </p> + <p> + Then of a sudden a company of the king’s men rushed from the shelter of + the wall upon the attackers driving them back to the koppie and killing + several, so that in the confusion and gathering darkness Hokosa lost sight + of her, though a man at his side declared that he saw her fall beneath the + thrust of an assegai. Thus ended the second day. + </p> + <p> + Now when the watch had been set the king and his captains took counsel + together, for their hearts were heavy. + </p> + <p> + “Listen,” said Nodwengo: “out of five thousand soldiers a thousand have + been killed and a thousand lie among us wounded. Hark to the groaning of + them! Also we have with us women and children and sick to the number of + twelve thousand, and between us and those who would butcher them every one + there stands but a single wall. Nor is this the worst of it: the spring + cannot supply the wants of so great a multitude in this hot place, and it + is feared that presently the water will be done. What way shall we turn? + If we surrender to Hafela, perhaps he will spare the lives of the women + and children; but whatever he may promise, the most of us he will surely + slay. If we fight and are defeated, then once his regiments are among us, + all will be slain according to the ancient custom of our people. I have + bethought me that we might retreat through the valley, but the river + beyond is in flood; also it is certain that before this multitude could + reach it, the prince will have sent a force to cut us off while he himself + harasses our rear. Now let him who has counsel speak.” + </p> + <p> + “King, I have counsel,” said Hokosa. “What were the words that the + Messenger spoke to us before he died? Did he not say: ‘Even now the + heathen is at your gates, and many of you shall perish on his spears; but + I tell you that he shall not conquer’? Did he not say: ‘Be faithful, cling + to the Cross, and do not dare to doubt your Lord, for He will protect you, + and your children after you, and He will be your Captain and you shall be + His people’? Did he not bid you also to listen to my counsel? Then listen + to it, for it is his: Your case seems desperate, but have no fear, and + take no thought for the morrow, for all shall yet be well. Let us now pray + to Him that the Messenger has revealed to us, and Whom now he implores on + our behalf in that place where he is to guide us and to save us, for then + surely He will hearken to our prayer.” + </p> + <p> + “So be it,” said Nodwengo, and going out he stood upon a pillar of stone + in the moonlight and offered up his supplication in the hearing of the + multitude. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, those of the camp of Hafela were also taking counsel. They had + fought bravely indeed, and carried the schanses; but at great cost, since + for every man that Nodwengo had lost, three of theirs had fallen. + Moreover, they were in evil case with weariness and the want of water, as + each drop they drank must be carried to them from the Great Place in bags + made of raw hide, which caused it to stink, for they had but few gourds + with them. + </p> + <p> + “Now it is strange,” said Hafela, “that these men should fight so bravely, + seeing that they are but a handful. There can be scarce three thousand of + them left, and yet I doubt not that before we carry those last walls of + theirs as many of us or more will be done. Ay! and after they are done + with, we must meet their great <i>impi</i> when it returns, and of what + will befall us then I scarcely like to think.” + </p> + <p> + “Ill-fortune will befall you while Hokosa lives,” broke in Noma. “Had it + not been for him, this trouble would have been done with by now; but he is + a wizard, and by his wizardries he defeats us and puts heart into Nodwengo + and the warriors. You, yourself, have seen him this day defying us, not + once but many times, for upon his flesh steel has no power. Ay! and this + is but the beginning of evil, for I am sure that he leads you into some + deep trap where you shall perish everlastingly. Did he not himself declare + that the power of that dead white worker of miracles has fallen upon him, + and who can fight against magic?” + </p> + <p> + “Who, indeed?” said Hafela humbly; for like all savages he was very + superstitious, and, moreover, a sincere believer in Hokosa’s supernatural + capacities. “This wizard is too strong for us; he is invulnerable, and as + I know well he can read the secret thoughts of men and can suck wisdom + from the dead, while to his eyes the darkness is no blind.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, Hafela,” answered Noma, “there is one crack in his shield. Hear me: + if we can but catch him and hold him fast we shall have no need to fear + him more, and I think that I know how to bait the trap.” + </p> + <p> + “How will you bait it?” asked Hafela. + </p> + <p> + “Thus. Midway between the koppie and the wall behind which lie the men of + the king stands a flat rock, and all about that rock are stretched the + bodies of dead soldiers. Now, this is my plan: that when next one of those + dark storm-clouds passes over the face of the moon six of the strongest of + our warriors should creep upon their bellies down this way and that, as + though they were also numbered with the slain. This done, you shall + despatch a herald to call in the ears of the king that you desire to treat + with him of peace. Then he will answer that if this be so you can come + beneath the walls of his camp, and your herald shall refuse, saying that + you fear treachery. But he must add that if Nodwengo will bid Hokosa to + advance alone to the flat rock, you will bid me, Noma, whom none can fear, + to do likewise, and that there we can talk in sight of both armies, and + returning thence, make report to you and to Nodwengo. Afterwards, so soon + as Hokosa has set his foot upon the rock, those men who seem to be dead + shall spring upon him and drag him to our camp, where we can deal with + him; for once the wizard is taken, the cause of Nodwengo is lost.” + </p> + <p> + “A good pitfall,” said the prince; “but will Hokosa walk into the trap?” + </p> + <p> + “I think so, Hafela, for three reasons. He is altogether without fear; he + will desire, if may be, to make peace on behalf of the king; and he has + this strange weakness, that he still loves me, and will scarcely suffer an + occasion of speaking with me to go past, although he has divorced me.” + </p> + <p> + “So be it,” said the prince; “the game can be tried, and if it fails, why + we lose nothing, whereas if it succeeds we gain Hokosa, which is much; for + with you I think that our arms will never prosper while that accursed + wizard sits yonder weaving his spells against us, and bringing our men to + death by hundreds and by thousands.” + </p> + <p> + Then he gave his orders, and presently, when a cloud passed over the face + of the moon, six chosen men crept forward under the lee of the flat rock + and threw themselves down here and there amongst the dead. + </p> + <p> + Soon the cloud passed, and the herald advanced across the open space + blowing a horn, and waving a branch in his hand to show that he came upon + a mission of peace. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0021" id="link2HCH0021"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXI + </h2> + <h3> + HOKOSA IS LIFTED UP + </h3> + <p> + “What would you?” asked Hokosa of the herald as he halted a short + spear-cast from the wall. + </p> + <p> + “My master, the Prince Hafela, desires to treat with your master, + Nodwengo. Many men have fallen on either side, and if this war goes on, + though victory must be his at last, many more will fall. Therefore, if any + plan can be found, he desires to spare their lives.” + </p> + <p> + Now Hokosa spoke with the king, and answered:— + </p> + <p> + “Then let Hafela come beneath the wall and we will talk with him.” + </p> + <p> + “Not so,” answered the herald. “Does a buck walk into an open pit? Were + the prince to come here it might chance that your spears would talk with + him. Let Nodwengo follow me to the camp yonder, where we promise him safe + conduct.” + </p> + <p> + “Not so,” answered Hokosa. “‘Does a buck walk into an open pit?’ Set out + your message, and we will consider it.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, I am but a common man without authority; but I am charged to make + you another offer, and if you will not hear it then there is an end. Let + Hokosa advance alone to that flat rock you see yonder, and there he shall + be met, also alone, by one having power to talk with him, namely, by the + Lady Noma, who was once his wife. Thus they can confer together midway + between the camps and in full sight of both of them, nor, no man being + near, can he find cause to be afraid of an unarmed girl. What say you?” + </p> + <p> + Hokosa turned and talked with the king. + </p> + <p> + “I think it well that you should not go,” said Nodwengo. “The offer seems + fair, and the stone is out of reach of their spears; still, behind it may + lurk a scheme to kill or capture you, for Hafela is very cunning.” + </p> + <p> + “It may be so, King,” answered Hokosa; “still, my heart tells me it is + wisest that I should do this thing, for our case is desperate, and if I do + it not, that may be the cause of the death of all of us to-morrow. At the + worst, I am but one man, and it matters little what may chance to me; nor + shall I come to any harm unless it is the will of Heaven that it should be + so; and be sure of this, that out of the harm will arise good, for where I + go there the spirit of the Messenger goes with me. Remember that he bade + you listen to my counsel while I remain with you, seeing that I do not + speak of my own wisdom. Therefore let me go, and if it should chance that + I am taken, trouble not about the matter, for thus it will be fated to + some great end. Above all, though often enough I have been a traitor in + the past, do not dream that I betray you, keeping in mind that so to do + would be to betray my own soul, which very soon must render its account on + high.” + </p> + <p> + “As you will, Hokosa,” answered the king. “And now tell those rebel dogs + that on these terms only will I make peace with them—that they + withdraw across the mountains by the path which their women and children + have taken, leaving this land for ever without lifting another spear + against us. If they will do this, notwithstanding all the wickedness and + slaughter that they have worked, I will send command to my <i>impi</i> to + let them go unharmed. If they will not do this, I put my trust in the God + I worship and will fight this fray out to the end, knowing that if I and + my people perish, they shall perish also.” + </p> + <p> + Now Nodwengo himself spoke to the herald who was waiting beyond the wall. + </p> + <p> + “Go back to him you serve,” he said, “and say that Hokosa will meet her + who was his wife upon the flat stone and talk with her in the sight of + both armies, bearing my word with him. At the sound of the blowing of a + horn shall each of them advance unarmed and alone from either camp. Say to + my brother also that it will indeed be ill for him if he attempts + treachery upon Hokosa, for the man who causes his blood to flow will + surely die, and after death shall be accursed for ever.” + </p> + <p> + The herald went, and presently a horn was blown. + </p> + <p> + “Now it comes into my mind that we part for the last time,” said Nodwengo + in a troubled voice as he took the hand of Hokosa. + </p> + <p> + “It may be so, King; in my heart I think that it is so; yet I do not + altogether grieve thereat, for the burden of my past sins crushes me, and + I am weary and seek for rest. Yet we do not part for the last time, + because whatever chances, in the end I shall make my report to you yonder”—and + he pointed upwards. “Reign on for long years, King—reign well and + wisely, clinging to the Faith, for thus at the last shall you reap your + reward. Farewell!” + </p> + <p> + Now again the horn blew, and in the bright moonlight the slight figure of + Noma could be seen advancing towards the stone. + </p> + <p> + Then Hokosa sprang from the wall and advanced also, till at the same + moment they climbed upon the stone. + </p> + <p> + “Greeting, Hokosa,” said Noma, and she stretched out her hand to him. + </p> + <p> + By way of answer he placed his own behind his back, saying: “To your + business, woman.” Yet his eyes searched her face—the face which in + his folly he still loved; and thus it came about that he never saw sundry + of the dead bodies, which lay in the shadow of the stone, begin to quicken + into life, and inch by inch to arise, first to their knees and next to + their feet. He never saw or heard them, yet, as the words left his lips, + they sprang upon him from every side, holding him so that he could not + move. + </p> + <p> + “Away with him!” cried Noma with a laugh of triumph; and at her command he + was half-dragged and half-carried across the open space and thrust + violently over a stone wall into the camp of Hafela. + </p> + <p> + Now Nodwengo and his soldiers saw what had happened, and with a shout of + “Treachery!” some hundreds of them leapt into the plain and began to run + towards the koppie to rescue their envoy. + </p> + <p> + Hokosa heard the shout, and wrenching himself round, beheld them. + </p> + <p> + “Back!” he cried in a clear, shrill voice. “Back! children of Nodwengo, + and leave me to my fate, for the foe waits for you by thousands behind the + wall!” + </p> + <p> + A soldier struck him across the mouth, bidding him be silent; but his + warning had come to the ears of Nodwengo, causing him and his warriors to + halt and begin a retreat. It was well that they did so, for seeing that + they would not come on, from under the shelter of the wall and of every + rock and stone soldiers jumped up by companies and charged, driving them + back to their own schanse. But the king’s men had the start of them, and + had taken shelter behind it, whence they greeted them with a volley of + spears, killing ten and wounding twice as many more. + </p> + <p> + Now it was Hokosa’s turn to laugh, and laugh he did, saying:— + </p> + <p> + “My taking is well paid for already, Prince. A score of your best warriors + is a heavy price to give for the carcase of one weary and aging man. But + since I am here among you, captured with so much pain and loss, tell me of + your courtesy why I have been brought.” + </p> + <p> + Then the prince shook his spear at him and cursed him. + </p> + <p> + “Would you learn, wizard and traitor?” he cried. “We have caught you + because we know well that while you stay yonder your magic counsel will + prevail against our might; whereas, when once we hold you fast, Nodwengo + will wander to his ruin like a blind and moonstruck man, for you were to + him both eyes and brain.” + </p> + <p> + “I understand,” said Hokosa calmly. “But, Prince, how if I left my wisdom + behind me?” + </p> + <p> + “That may not be,” answered Hafela, “since even a wizard cannot throw his + thoughts into the heart of another from afar.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah! you think so, Prince. Well, ask Noma yonder if I cannot throw my + thoughts into her heart from afar: though of late I have not chosen to do + so, having put aside such spells. But let it pass, and tell me, having + taken me, what is it you propose to do with me? First, however, I will + give you for nothing some of that wisdom which you grudge to Nodwengo the + king. Be advised by me, Prince, and take the terms that he offers to you—namely, + to turn this very night and begone from the land without harm or + hindrance. Will you receive my gift, Hafela?” + </p> + <p> + “What will happen if I refuse it?” asked the prince slowly. + </p> + <p> + Now Hokosa looked at the dust at his feet, then he gazed upwards searching + the heavens, and answered:— + </p> + <p> + “Did not I tell you yesterday? I think that this will happen. I think—but + who can be quite sure of the future, Hafela?—that you and the most + of your army by this hour to-morrow night will be lying fast asleep about + this place, with jackals for your bedfellows.” + </p> + <p> + The prince heard and trembled at his words, for he believed that if he + willed it, Hokosa could prophesy the truth. + </p> + <p> + “Accursed dog!” he said. “I am minded to be guided by your saying; but be + sure of this, that if I follow it, you shall stay here to sleep with + jackals, yes, this very night.” + </p> + <p> + Then Noma broke in. + </p> + <p> + “Be not mad, Hafela!” she said. “Will you listen to the lies that this + renegade tells to work upon your fears? Will you abandon victory when it + lies within your grasp, and in place of a great king become a fugitive + whom all men mock at, an outcast to be hunted down at leisure by that + brother against whom you dared to rebel, but on whom you did not dare to + shut your hand when he lay in its hollow? Silence the tongue of this + captive rogue for ever and become a man again, with the heart of a man.” + </p> + <p> + “Now,” said Hokosa gently; “many would find it hard to believe that I + reared this woman from childhood, nursing her with my own hands when she + was sick and giving her of the best I had; that afterwards, when you stole + her from me, Prince, I sinned deeply to win her back. That I married her + and sinned yet more deeply to give her the greatness she desired; and at + last, of my own will, I loosed the bonds by which I held her, although I + could not thrust her memory from my heart. Yet I have earned it all, for I + made her the tool of my witchcraft, and therefore it is just that she + should turn and rend me. Well, if you like it, take her counsel, Prince, + and let mine go, for I care nothing which you take; only, forgive me if I + prophesy once more and for the last time—I am sure that Nodwengo + yonder spoke truth when he bade your herald tell me that he who causes my + blood to flow shall surely die and for it be called to a strict account. + Prince, I am a Christian now, and believe me, whatever you may do, I seek + no revenge upon you; having been myself forgiven so much, in my turn I + have learned to forgive. Yet it may be ill for that man who causes my + blood to flow.” + </p> + <p> + “Let him be strangled,” said a captain who stood near by, “and then there + will be no blood in the matter.” + </p> + <p> + “Friend,” answered Hokosa, “you should have been not a soldier but a + pleader of causes. True it is then that the prince will only cause my life + to fly, but whether that is a smaller sin I leave you to judge.” + </p> + <p> + “Keep him prisoner,” said another, “till we learn how these matters end.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay,” answered Hafela, “for then he will surely outwit us and escape. + Noma, what shall we do with this man who was your husband? Tell us, for + you should know best how to deal with him.” + </p> + <p> + “Let me think,” she answered, and she looked first at the ground beneath + her, next around her, then upwards toward the skies. + </p> + <p> + Now they stood at the foot of the koppie, on the flat top of which grew + the great Tree of Doom, that for generations had served the People of Fire + as a place of execution of their criminals, or of those who fell under the + ban of the king or of the witch-doctors. Among and above the finger-like + fronds of this strange and dreadful-looking tree towered that white dead + limb shaped like a cross, which Owen had pointed out to his disciple John, + taking it to be a sign and a promise. This cross stood out clear against + the sinking moon. It caught Noma’s eye, and a devilish thought entered + into her heart. + </p> + <p> + “You would keep this fellow alive?” she said, “and yet you would not + suffer him to escape. See, there above you is a cross such as he worships. + Bind him to it as he says the Man whom he worships was bound, and let that + dead Man help him if he may.” + </p> + <p> + The prince and those about Noma shrank back a little in horror. They were + cruel men rendered more cruel by their superstitious fear of one whom they + believed to be uncanny; one to whom they attributed inhuman powers which + he was exercising to their destruction, but still this doom seemed + dreadful to them. Noma read their minds and went on passionately:— + </p> + <p> + “You deem me unmerciful, but you do not know what I have suffered at this + wizard’s hands. For his sake and because of him I am haunted. For his own + purposes he opened the gates of Distance, he sent me down among the + dwellers in Death, causing me to interpret their words for him. I did so, + but the dwellers came back out of Death with me, and from that hour they + have not left me, nor will they ever leave me; for night by night they + sojourn at my side, tormenting me with terrors. He has told me that + through my mouth that spirit whom he drew into my body prophesied that he + should be ‘lifted up above the people.’ Let the prophecy be fulfilled, let + him be lifted up, for then perchance the ghosts will depart from me and I + shall win peace and sleep. Also, thus alone can you hold him safe and yet + shed no blood.” + </p> + <p> + “Be it so,” said the prince. “When we plotted together of the death of the + king, and as your price, Hokosa, you bargained for the girl whom I had + chosen to wife, did I not warn you that this witch of many spells, who + holds both our hearts in her little hands, should yet hound you to death + and mock you while you perished by an end of shame? What did I tell you, + Hokosa?” + </p> + <p> + Now when he heard his fate, Hokosa bowed his head and trembled a little. + Then he lifted it, and exclaimed in a clear voice:— + </p> + <p> + “It is true, Prince, but I will add to your words. She shall bring <i>both</i> + of us to death. For me, I am honoured indeed in that there has been + allotted to me that same end which my Master chose. To that cross let my + sins be fastened and with them my body.” + </p> + <p> + Now the moon sank, but in the darkness men were found who dared to climb + the tree, taking with them strips of raw hide. They reached the top of it, + four of them, and seating themselves upon the arms of the cross, they let + down a rope, the noose of which was placed about the body of Hokosa. As it + tightened upon him, he turned his calm and dreadful eyes on to the eyes of + Noma and said to her:— + </p> + <p> + “Woman, I do not reproach you; but I lay this fate upon you, that you + shall watch me die. Thereafter, let God deal with you as He may choose.” + </p> + <p> + Now, when she heard these words Noma shrieked aloud, for of a sudden she + felt that the power of the will of Hokosa, from which she had been freed + by him, had once more fallen upon her, and that come what might she was + doomed to obey his last commands. + </p> + <p> + Little by little the soldiers drew him up and in the darkness they bound + him fast there upon the lofty cross. Then they descended and left him, and + would have led Noma with them from the tree. But this they could not do, + for always she broke from them screaming, and fled back to its shadow. + </p> + <p> + Then, seeing that she was bewitched, Hafela commanded that they should + bind a cloth about her mouth and leave her there till her senses returned + to her in the sunlight—for none of them dared to stop with her in + the shadow of that tree, since the odours of it were poisonous to man. + Also they believed the place to be haunted by evil spirits. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0022" id="link2HCH0022"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXII + </h2> + <h3> + THE VICTORY OF THE CROSS + </h3> + <p> + The sun rose suddenly over the edge of the cliffs, and while it was yet + deep shadow in the valley, its red light struck upon the white cross of + perished wood that towered above the Tree of Doom and on the black shape + of Hokosa crucified to it living. The camp of the king saw and understood, + and from every throat of the thousands of men, women and children gathered + there, went up a roar of rage and horror. The king lifted his hand, and + silence fell upon the place; then he mounted on the wall and cried aloud:— + </p> + <p> + “Do you yet live, Hokosa, or is it your body only that those traitors have + fastened to the tree?” + </p> + <p> + Back came the answer through the clear still air:— + </p> + <p> + “I live, O King!” + </p> + <p> + “Endure then a little while,” called Nodwengo, “and we will storm the tree + and save you.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay,” answered Hokosa, “you cannot save me; yet before I die I shall see + you saved.” + </p> + <p> + Then his words were lost in tumult, for the third day’s fighting began. + Desperately the regiments of Hafela rushing across the open space, hurled + themselves upon the fortifications, which, during the night, had been + strengthened by the building of two inner walls. Nor was this all, for + suddenly a cry told those in front that the regiment which Hafela had + despatched across the mountains had travelled up the eastern neck of the + valley, and were attacking the position in their rear. Well was it for + Nodwengo now that he had listened to the counsel of Hokosa, and, wearied + as his soldiers were, had commanded that here also a great wall should be + built. + </p> + <p> + For two hours the fight raged, and then on either side the foe fell back, + not beaten indeed, though their dead were many, but to rest and take + counsel. But now a new trouble arose: from all the camp of Nodwengo there + went up a moan of pain to Heaven, for since the evening of yesterday the + spring had given out, and they had found no water wherewith to wet their + lips. During the night they bore it; but now the sun beating down on the + black rocks with fearful force scorched them to the marrow, till they + began to wither like fallen leaves, and already wounded men and children + died, while the warriors cut the throats of oxen and drank their blood. + </p> + <p> + Hokosa hanging on his cross heard this moaning and divined its cause. + </p> + <p> + “Be of good comfort, children of Nodwengo,” he cried; “for I will pray + that rain be sent upon you.” And he lifted his head and prayed. + </p> + <p> + Now, whether it was by chance or whether his prayer was heard, who can + say? At least it happened that immediately thereafter clouds began to + gather and to thicken in the blue of Heaven, and within two hours rain + fell in torrents, so that every one could drink his fill, and the spring + being replenished at its sources, flowed again strongly. + </p> + <p> + After the rain came cold and moaning winds, and after the wind a great + gloom and thunder. + </p> + <p> + Now, taking advantage of the shadow, the regiments of Hafela renewed their + attack, and this time they carried the first of the three walls, for its + defenders grew feeble and few in number. There they paused a while, and + save for the cries of the wounded and of frightened women, the silence was + great. + </p> + <p> + “Let your hearts be filled up!” cried the voice of Hokosa through the + silence; “for the sunlight shines upon the plain of the Great Place + yonder, and in it I see the sheen of spears. The <i>impi</i> travels to + your aid, O children of Nodwengo.” + </p> + <p> + Now, at this tidings the people of the king shouted for joy; but Hafela + called to his regiments to make an end of them, and they hurled themselves + upon the second wall, fighting desperately. Again and again they were + beaten back, and again and again they came on, till at length they carried + this wall also, driving its defenders, or those who remained alive of + them, into the third entrenchment, and paused to rest awhile. + </p> + <p> + “Pray for us, O Prophet who are set on high!” cried a voice from the camp, + “for if succour do not reach us speedily, we are sped.” + </p> + <p> + Before the echoes of the voice had died away, a flash of lightning flared + through the gloom, and in the light of it Hokosa saw that the king’s <i>impi</i> + was rushing up the gorge. + </p> + <p> + “Fight on! Fight on!” he called in answer. “I have prayed to Heaven, and + your succour is at hand.” + </p> + <p> + Then, with a howl of rage, Hafela’s regiments hurled themselves upon the + third and last entrenchment, attacking it at once in front and rear. Twice + they nearly carried it, but each time the wild scream of Hokosa on high + was heard above the din, conjuring its defenders to fight on and fear not, + for Heaven had sent them help. They fought as men have seldom fought + before, and with them fought the women and even the children. They were + few and the foe was still many, but they listened to the urging of him + whom they believed to be inspired in his death-agony upon the cross above + them, and still they held their own. Twice portions of the wall were torn + down, but they filled the breach with the corpses of the dead, ay! and + with the bodies of the living, for the wounded, the old men and the very + women piled themselves there in the place of stones. No such fray was told + of in the annals of the People of Fire as this, the last stand of Nodwengo + against the thousands of Hafela. Now all the shouting had died away, for + men had no breath left wherewith to shout, only from the gloomy place of + battle came low groans and the deep sobbing sighs of warriors gripped in + the death-hug. + </p> + <p> + “<i>Fight on! Fight on!</i>” shrilled the voice of Hokosa on high. “Lo! + the skies are open to my dying sight, and I see the <i>impis</i> of Heaven + sweeping to succour you. <i>Behold!</i>” + </p> + <p> + They dashed the sweat from their eyes and looked forth, and as they + looked, the pall of gloom was lifted, and in the golden glow of + many-shafted light, they saw, not the legions of Heaven indeed, but the + regiments of Nodwengo rushing round the bend of the valley, as dogs rush + upon a scent, with heads held low and spears outstretched. + </p> + <p> + Hafela saw them also. + </p> + <p> + “Back to the koppie,” he cried, “there to die like men, for the wizardries + of Hokosa have been too strong for us, and lost is this my last battle and + the crown I came to seek!” + </p> + <p> + They obeyed, and all that were left of them, some ten thousand men, they + ran to the koppie and formed themselves upon it, ring above ring, and here + the soldiers of Nodwengo closed in upon them. + </p> + <p> + Again and for the last time the voice of Hokosa rang out above the fray. + </p> + <p> + “Nodwengo,” he cried, “with my passing breath I charge you have mercy and + spare these men, so many of them as will surrender. The day of bloodshed + has gone by, the fray is finished, the Cross has conquered. Let there be + peace in the land.” + </p> + <p> + All men heard him, for his piercing scream, echoed from the precipices, + came to the ears of each. All men heard him, and, even in that fierce hour + of vengeance, all obeyed. The spear that was poised was not thrown, and + the kerry lifted over the fallen did not descend to dash away his life. + </p> + <p> + “Hearken, Hafela!” called the king, stepping forward from the ranks of the + attackers. “He whom you have set on high to bring defeat upon you charges + me to give you peace, and in the name of the conquering Cross I give + peace. All who surrender shall dwell henceforth in my shadow, nor shall + the head or the heel of one of them be harmed, although their sin is + great. One life only will I take, the life of that witch who brought your + armies down upon me to burn my town and slay my people by thousands, and + who but last night betrayed Hokosa to his death of torment. All shall go + free, I say, save the witch; and for you, you shall be given cattle and + such servants as will cling to you to the number of a hundred, and driven + from the land. Now, what say you? Will you yield or be slain? Swift with + your answer; for the sun sinks, and ere it is set there must be an end in + this way or in that.” + </p> + <p> + The regiments of Hafela heard, and shouted in answer as with one voice:— + </p> + <p> + “We take your mercy, King! We fought bravely while we could, and now we + take your mercy, King!” + </p> + <p> + “What say you, Hafela?” repeated Nodwengo, addressing the prince, who + stood upon a point of rock above him in full sight of both armies. + </p> + <p> + Hafela turned and looked at Hokosa hanging high in mid-air. + </p> + <p> + “What say I?” he answered in a slow and quiet voice. “I say that the Cross + and its Prophet have been too strong for me, and that I should have done + well to follow the one and to listen to the counsel of the other. My + brother, you tell me that I may go free, taking servants with me. I thank + you and I will go—alone.” + </p> + <p> + And setting the handle of his spear upon the rock, with a sudden movement + he fell forward, transfixing his heart with its broad blade, and lay + still. + </p> + <p> + “At least he died like one of the blood-royal of the Sons of Fire!” cried + Nodwengo, while the armies stood silent and awestruck, “and with the + blood-royal he shall be buried. Lay down your arms, you who followed him + and fought for him, fearing nothing, and give over to me the witch that + she may be slain.” + </p> + <p> + “She hides under the tree yonder!” cried a voice. + </p> + <p> + “Go up and take her,” said Nodwengo to some of his captains. + </p> + <p> + Now Noma, crouched on the ground beneath the tree, had seen and heard all + that passed. Perceiving the captains making their way towards her through + the lines of the soldiers, who opened out a path for them, she rose and + for a moment stood bewildered. Then, as though drawn by some strange + attraction, she turned, and seizing hold of the creeper that clung about + it, she began to climb the Tree of Doom swiftly. Up she went while all men + watched, higher and higher yet, till passing out of the finger-like + foliage she reached the cross of dead wood whereto Hokosa hung, and + placing her feet upon one arm of it, stood there, supporting herself by + the broken top of the upright. + </p> + <p> + Hokosa was not yet dead, though he was very near to death. Lifting his + glazing eyes, he knew her and said, speaking thickly:— + </p> + <p> + “What do you here, Noma, and wherefore have you come?” + </p> + <p> + “I come because you draw me,” she answered, “and because they seek my life + below.” + </p> + <p> + “Repent, repent!” he whispered, “there is yet time and Heaven is very + merciful.” + </p> + <p> + She heard, and a fury seized her. + </p> + <p> + “Be silent, dog!” she cried. “Having defied your God so long, shall I + grovel to Him at the last? Having hated you so much, shall I seek your + forgiveness now? At least of one thing I am glad—it was I who + brought you here, and with me and through me you shall die.” + </p> + <p> + Then, placing one foot upon his bent head as if in scorn, she leaned + forward, her long hair flying to the wind, and cursed Nodwengo and his + people, naming them renegades and apostates, and cursed the soldiers of + Hafela, naming them cowards, calling down upon them the malison of their + ancestors. + </p> + <p> + Hokosa heard and muttered:— + </p> + <p> + “For your soul’s sake, woman, repent! repent, ere it be too late!” + </p> + <p> + “Repent!” she screamed, catching at his words. “Thus do I repent!” and + drawing the knife from her girdle, she leant over him and drove it + hilt-deep into his breast. + </p> + <p> + Then with a sudden movement she sprang upwards and outwards into the air, + and rushing down through a hundred feet of space, was struck dead upon + that very rock where the corpse of Hafela lay. + </p> + <p> + Now, beneath the agony of the knife Hokosa lifted his head for the last + time, crying in a great voice:— + </p> + <p> + “Messenger, I come, be you my guide,” and with the words his soul passed. + </p> + <p> + “All is over and ended,” said a voice. “Soldiers, salute the king with the + royal salute.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay,” answered Nodwengo. “Salute me not, salute the Cross and him who + hangs thereon.” + </p> + <p> + So, while the rays of the setting sun shone about it, regiment by regiment + that great army rushed past the koppie, and pausing opposite to the cross + and its burden, they rendered to it the royal salute of kings. + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + Then the night fell, and thus through the power of Faith that now, as of + old, is the only true and efficient magic, was accomplished the mission to + the Sons of Fire of the Saint and Martyr, Thomas Owen, and of his murderer + and disciple, the Wizard Hokosa. + </p> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Wizard, by H. Rider Haggard + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE WIZARD *** + +***** This file should be named 2893-h.htm or 2893-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/2/8/9/2893/ + +Produced by John Bickers; Dagny; David Widger + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’ WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. + +The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation’s web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + </body> +</html> |